he subdivision regulations...1. caledonia village planning commission (adopted 1998) 2. caledonia...

THE SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS

FOR

CALEDONIA VILLAGE, OHIO

ADOPTED 1998

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1SECTION 1.00 - LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.000 Adoption of Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.001 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

SECTION 1.01 - AUTHORITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1SECTION 1.02 - JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1SECTION 1.03 - ENFORCEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.030 Violations and Penalties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.031 Jurisdiction of Enforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.032 Enforcement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

1.0320 Detection of Violations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.0321 Notice to Persons Responsible for Violations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

1.033 Prosecution of Violation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2SECTION 1.04 - APPEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SECTION 1.05 - SEPARABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SECTION 1.06 - AMENDMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SECTION 1.07 - DEFINITION OF A SUBDIVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

1.070 Development of Land Not Subject to these Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4SECTION 1.08 - COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.080 Subdivision of Land; Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.081 Installation or Assurance of Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

CHAPTER 2 - GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6SECTION 2.00 - PURPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6SECTION 2.01 - OFFICIAL NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6SECTION 2.02 - MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2.020 Zoning Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.021 Health and Safety Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

SECTION 2.03 - VARIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.030 Exceptional and Undue Hardship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.031 Large Scale Developments; New Concepts of Land Development . . . . . . 7

SECTION 2.04 - FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.040 Inspection Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

SECTION 2.05 - PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS FOR SUBDIVISION PLANSAND RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

CHAPTER 3 - PROCEDURES FOR SUBMISSION OF SUBDIVISIONS: REVIEW ANDACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SECTION 3.00 - PURPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SECTION 3.01 - MINOR SUBDIVISIONS INVOLVING LESS THAN FIVE (5) LOTS

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.010 Conditions for Recording Without a Plat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.011 Submission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.0110 Drawing and Legal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113.0111 Right-of-way Conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113.0112 Strip Development Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

SECTION 3.02 - MAJOR SUBDIVISIONS REQUIRING A FINAL PLAT . . . . . . . . . 113.020 Pre-application Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113.021 Sketch Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.0210 Discussion; Sketch Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.0211 Progressive Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113.0212 Single Plat Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123.0213 Submission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123.0214 Application Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123.0215 Sketch Plan Map Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123.0216 Sketch Plan Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3.022 Final Plat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133.0220 Submission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.0221 Application Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.0222 Final Plat Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.0223 Improvement Drawings / Construction Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

3.030 Review by Planning Staff and Other Officials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193.031 Planning Commission Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193.032 Planning Commission Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.033 Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

SECTION 3.04 - ACCEPTANCE OF IMPROVEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.040 Jurisdiction of Acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.041 Procedure for Acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

3.0410 Official Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.0411 Conditions for Acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

CHAPTER 4 - DESIGN STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22SECTION 4.00 - PURPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22SECTION 4.01 - REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

4.010 Conformance With Official Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224.011 Suitability of Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

SECTION 4.02 - STREET DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224.020 General Pattern of Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224.021 Conformance with General Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224.022 Advance Neighborhood Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224.023 Classes of Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234.024 Street Pattern to Serve Traffic within the Subdivision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234.025 Relation of Street Pattern to Natural Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234.026 Relation of Streets to Topography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234.027 Continuity of Streets within the Neighborhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234.028 Relation of Streets to Major Thoroughfares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

SECTION 4.03 - SPECIFIC STREET DESIGN STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

4.030 Right-of-Way Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244.031 Alignment of Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

4.0310 Center Line Horizontal Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244.0311 Angle Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244.0312 Reverse Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

4.032 Street Intersections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.0320 Number of Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.0321 Angle of Street Intersections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.0322 Intersection Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.0323 Intersection Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.0324 Minimum Property Line Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

4.033 Cul-de-Sacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.034 Half Street . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254.035 Reserve Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264.036 Street Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

SECTION 4.04 - ALLEY DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

4.040 Where Prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264.041 Where Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264.042 Minimum Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264.043 Intersections and Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

SECTION 4.05 - BLOCK REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274.050 General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274.051 Residential Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

4.0510 Length of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274.0511 Width of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274.0512 Pedestrian Cross Walks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

4.052 Non-Residential Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27SECTION 4.06 - LOT DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27SECTION 4.07 - STANDARDS FOR EASEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

4.070 Storm Water Easements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284.0700 Permanent Streams, Water Courses and Trunk Lines . . . . . . . . . 284.0701 Flood Plain Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284.0702 Surface Drainage Swales Proposed Within or Serving the Subdivision

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294.071 Easements for Other Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

4.0710 Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drain, Water, and Gas Lines . . . . . . . . . . 294.0711 Electric Power, Telephone, and Cable Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

4.072 Crosswalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30SECTION 4.08 - COMMUNITY FACILITIES AND OPEN SPACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

4.080 Establishment of Need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304.081 Site Reservation and Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

SECTION 4.09 - PRESERVATION OF EXISTING PHYSICAL ASSETS . . . . . . . . . 31SECTION 4.10 - TREES AND OTHER LANDSCAPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31SECTION 4.11 - SOIL EROSION REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

CHAPTER 5 - IMPROVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32SECTION 5.00 - PURPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32SECTION 5.01 - OFFICIAL JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

5.010 Approval of Plans and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325.011 Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325.012 Acceptance of Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

SECTION 5.02 - IMPROVEMENTS REQUIRED OF SUBDIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325.020 Pavement and Curb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

5.0200 New Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335.0201 Existing Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335.0202 Dead End Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.0203 Curbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

5.021 Sidewalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.022 Storm Water Drainage Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

5.0220 Approval of Official Engineer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.0221 Protection of Drainage Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345.0222 Provision for Drainage in Larger Drainage Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . 355.0223 Capacity of Drainage Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355.0224 Types of Drainage Facilities Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

5.02240 Where an Existing Drainage System Is Available . . . . . 365.02241 Where an Existing Drainage System Is Not Available . 36

SECTION 5.03 - WATER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365.030 If Water Supply is Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

5.0301 Fire Hydrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365.031 If a Community or Public Water Supply is Not Available -Individual Water

Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37SECTION 5.04 - SANITARY SEWERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

5.040 If Sanitary Sewers Are Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375.041 If Sanitary Sewers are Not Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

SECTION 5.05 - OTHER UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385.050 Electric Power, Gas, Cable, and Telecommunication Systems . . . . . . . . 38

SECTION 5.06 - STREET NAME SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38SECTION 5.07 - PERMANENT MONUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38SECTION 5.08 - IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . 38

5.080 General Grading Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385.0800 Within Street Right-of-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385.0801 Offstreet Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

5.081 Street Right-of-Way and Pavement Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.0810 The Width of Street Right-of-way and Pavement . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.0811 Street Maximum Grades, Alignment, and Vertical Visibility . . . 39

5.082 Intersection Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.083 Cul-de-sac Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.084 Standards for Angle Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

SECTION 5.09 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET MATERIALS ANDCONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395.090 Grading and Preparation of Right-of-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425.091 Paving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

5.0910 Concrete Street Paving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425.0911 Bituminous Concrete Surface on Aggregate Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 425.0912 Pavement Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425.0913 Pavement Material Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425.0914 Curbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435.0915 Sidewalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

5.09150 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435.09151 Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435.09152 Materials and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

SECTION 5.10 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRAINAGE FACILITIES: MATERIALS ANDCONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435.100 Underground Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

5.1001 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435.1002 Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445.1003 Manholes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445.1004 Inlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

5.101 Surface Drainage Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455.1010 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455.1011 Capacity and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455.1012 Sub Drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455.1013 Driveway Culverts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

5.102 Bridges and Culverts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46SECTION 5.11 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY SEWER

SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465.110 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465.111 Location of Pipe Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465.112 Design Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

SECTION 5.12 - IMPROVEMENTS ASSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465.120 Advance Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465.121 Construction after Approval of Final Plat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

5.1210 Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475.12100 Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

5.12101 Time Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475.12102 Release of Bond or Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

5.122 Methods of Assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475.1220 Certified Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475.1221 Performance Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

CHAPTER 6 - DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486.00 - GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486.01 - DEFINITION OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54I - Administrative Procedures and Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56II - Examples of Forms for Certain Statements, and Signatures Required for Final Plat

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59III - Standard Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62IV - Specifications and Standard Design Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

SECTION 1.00 LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

1.000 Adoption of Regulations

It is the declared wish and intention of the planning commissions and legislativebodies represented hereunder in this paragraph to secure the establishment andadministration of a single set of land subdivision regulations, to be effective withinthe corporate limits of Caledonia Village. The Regulations set forth herein shallbecome effective after they have been adopted by the planning commission andlegislative body as follows:

1. Caledonia Village Planning Commission(Adopted 1998)

2. Caledonia Village Council(Adopted 1998)

1.001 Effective Date

These Regulations shall become effective 30 days after adoption by the CaledoniaVillage Council.

SECTION 1.01 AUTHORITY

These Regulations have been adopted under authority of Sections 711.09, 711.10 and711.101 of the Revised Code of Ohio.

SECTION 1.02 JURISDICTION

In accordance with Chapter 711, Revised Code of Ohio, the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission shall have jurisdiction over review and approval of subdivisions within thecorporate limits of Caledonia Village.

The manner in which such jurisdiction shall be exercised is set forth in succeeding chaptersof these Regulations.

SECTION 1.03 ENFORCEMENT

1.030 Violations and Penalties

Whosoever willfully violates any provision of these Regulations, or fails to complywith any order issued pursuant thereto, shall forfeit and pay not less than ten normore than one thousand dollars.

2

1.031 Jurisdiction of Enforcement

It shall be the duty of the Caledonia Village Planning Commission havingjurisdiction over the subdivision of land, as set forth in Section 1.02 hereinbefore, tosecure the enforcement of the provisions of these Regulations. The staff of theMarion County Regional Planning Commission shall provide technical andadministrative services necessary to such enforcement, as may be provided for bycontract or other financial agreement with the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission.

1.032 Enforcement Procedure

The procedure to be followed in the detection of violations and the securing ofenforcement shall be as set forth hereunder:

1.0320 Detection of Violations

It shall be the duty of all officials directly or indirectly concerned with theadministration of these Regulations to observe and detect any violations, andto report them to the staff of the Caledonia Village Planning Commission. Specifically, such duty shall be as follows:

1. Detection of the sale of lots, or the erection and sale ofbuildings thereon, without the recording of a plat shall be theprimary responsibility of the staff of the Caledonia VillagePlanning Commission.

2. Detection of the construction of improvements, public orprivate, the planning without compliance with the provisionsof these Regulations shall be the primary responsibility of theofficial or agency having jurisdiction over the inspection ofsuch improvements, as set forth in Section 5.010. Upondetection of any such violation, the official or agency shallnotify the staff of the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission.

1.0321 Notice to Persons Responsible for Violations

Upon receipt of notice, as provided for in Section 1.032, the CaledoniaVillage Planning Commission shall make administration determination thatthe transactions or work being done is in violation of these Regulations. Thestaff then shall serve written notice or order upon the person or personsresponsible for such violation. Such notice shall direct the discontinuanceof any illegal action and the remedying of the condition which is in violation.

1.033 Prosecution of Violation

In case the procedures set forth in Section 1.0321 do not result in the completeelimination of the violation, the Caledonia Village Planning Commission shall notifythe legal representative of Caledonia Village for appropriate action under Chapter711, Revised Code of Ohio.

3

SECTION 1.04 APPEAL

Any person who believes he has been aggrieved by these Regulations has all the rights ofappeal as set forth in Chapter 711 of the Revised Code of Ohio or any other applicablesection of the Revised Code of Ohio.

SECTION 1.05 SEPARABILITY

If any section, clause, phrase, word, provision or portion of these Regulations shall be heldto be unconstitutional or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding ordecision shall not affect the validity of this Code as a whole, or any part thereof other thanthe section, clause, phrase, word, provision or portion so held to be invalid.

SECTION 1.06 AMENDMENTS

These Regulations may be amended in accordance with the requirements set forth in Chapter711, Revised Code of Ohio, by the Caledonia Village Planning Commission and theCaledonia Village Council.

SECTION 1.07 DEFINITION OF A SUBDIVISION

As defined by Chapter 711 of the Revised Code of Ohio, a subdivision is:

A. The division of any parcel of land shown as a unit or as contiguous units onthe last preceding tax roll, into two or more parcels, sites, or lots, any one ofwhich is less than five acres, for the purpose, whether immediate or future,of transfer of ownership, provided, however, that the division or partition ofland into parcels of more than five acres not involving any new streets oreasements of access, and the sale or exchange of parcels between adjoininglot owners, where such sale does not create additional sites, shall beexempted; or;

B. The improvement of one or more parcels of land for residential, commercialor industrial structures or groups of structures involving the division orallocation of land for the opening, widening or extension of any street orstreets, except private streets serving industrial structures: the division orallocation of land as open spaces for common use by owners, occupants orlease holders or as easements for the extension and maintenance of publicsewer, water, storm drainage or other public facilities.

Based upon the above definitions, a subdivision is any one of the following:

A. The division of any parcel of land shown as a unit or as contiguous units onthe last preceding tax roll, into two or more parcels, sites, or lots, any one ofwhich is less than five acres, for the purpose, whether immediate or future,of transfer of ownership (example: land divisions for single-family homes);

B. The improvement of one or more parcels of land for residential, commercial,or industrial structures or groups of structures involving the division orallocation of land for the opening, widening, or extension of any street or

4

streets (example: construction of an apartment building needing accessthrough a new drive or street);

C. The division or allocation of land as open spaces for common use by owners,occupants, or lease holders (example: construction of a group of apartmentbuildings or a commercial shopping center with shared drives, parking, orgreen space); and

D. The division or allocation of land as easements for the extension andmaintenance of public sewer, water, storm drainage, or other public facilities(example: sanitary sewer extension for a group of industrial buildings).

1.070 Development of Land Not Subject to these Regulations

In most cases, the following developments are exempt from the SubdivisionRegulations. However, the Marion County Auditor or Marion County Recorder mayrequire verification by the staff of the Caledonia Village Planning Commission as tothe particular circumstances:

1. The division or partition of land into parcels containing five (5) ormore acres not involving any new streets or easements of access.

2. The sale or exchange of parcels between adjoining lot owners, wheresuch sale or exchange does not create additional building sites asdefined by zoning or these Regulations or reduce the original tractbelow the requirement of zoning or these Regulations.

3. The establishment and improvement of private streets servingindustrial structures.

4. Internal mobile or manufactured home park lot sizes, setbacks,spacing, and improvements that are regulated by the Ohio Departmentof Health.

5. Size and shape of condominium land divisions and number ofcondominium parcels in an otherwise approved development.

SECTION 1.08 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS

1.080 Subdivision of Land; Improvements

No subdivision of any lot, tract, or parcel of land shall be affected; no street, sanitarysewer, storm sewer, water main or other facilities in connection therewith shall belaid out, constructed, opened, or dedicated for public use or travel or for the commonuse of occupants of buildings abutting thereon, except in strict accordance with theprovisions of these Regulations.

1.081 Installation or Assurance of Improvements

No final plat for a subdivision may be approved or recorded until the improvementsrequired by these Regulations have either been guaranteed or constructed as provided

5

for in Section 5.12. No lot in a subdivision may be sold, and no building may beerected therein unless a final plat has been approved and recorded.

6

CHAPTER 2

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2.00 PURPOSE

The purpose of these Subdivision Regulations is to encourage the development of sound,healthful, and economically stable residential neighborhoods and commercial and industrialareas, to provide for safe, convenient and efficient traffic circulation; to assure adequatedrainage; to coordinate land developments in order to assure that future urban growth willbe orderly, efficient and conducive to minimum outlay of public and private expenditures inproviding services to new growth areas; to minimize fire hazards and to provide for light andair in habitable structures; and to provide for overall harmonious growth of the Village ofCaledonia.

SECTION 2.01 OFFICIAL NAME

The full name of these Regulations shall be “The Subdivision Regulations for CaledoniaVillage, Ohio”.

SECTION 2.02 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

The provisions of these Regulations shall be held to be minimum requirements. Thesubdivider is encouraged to observe higher standards than herein specified where conditionsindicate they are needed or justified.

Whenever the provisions of these Regulations are different from the requirements of otherlawfully adopted regulations, the more restrictive requirement of higher standard shallprevail.

The following are examples of such other lawfully adopted regulations, but are not construedto be all inclusive:

2.020 Zoning Regulations

Where the Village of Caledonia has adopted a zoning ordinance under the provisionsof Section 519 or Section 303 of the Revised Code of Ohio, all proposedsubdivisions within the area affected shall meet the requirements of said zoningordinance as well as the provisions of these Regulations.

2.021 Health and Safety Regulations

Whenever the regulations of the Marion County Board of Health, the OhioDepartment of Health, or the health ordinances of the Village of Caledonia affect thedesign or development of a subdivision, such regulations or ordinances shall beobserved.

7

SECTION 2.03 VARIATIONS

The Caledonia Village Planning Commission may reduce or otherwise vary the strictrequirements of these Regulations whenever it encounters conditions set forth in theparagraphs hereunder. In granting such variances, the planning commission may attach andrequire such conditions as it feels are necessary to secure the basic objectives of theRegulations.

Any variances granted by the planning commission shall be noted in the official minutes,along with the reasons which justified the granting of the variance.

2.030 Exceptional and Undue Hardship

Where the Caledonia Village Planning Commission finds that, due to exceptional andunique topography or other physical conditions, extraordinary hardships may resultfrom strict compliance with these Regulations, it may vary the Regulations so thatsubstantial justice may be done and the public interest secured, providing that suchvariance will not have the effect of nullifying the interest and purpose of theComprehensive Plan, or these Regulations.

2.031 Large Scale Developments; New Concepts of Land Development

In the event that plans are submitted for a complete community or neighborhood, orfor a subdivision based on new concepts of land development, the Caledonia VillagePlanning Commission may vary the Regulations as it deems necessary, provided thatthe proposed subdivision is in accord with the Comprehensive Plan, and with theintent of these Regulations.

SECTION 2.04 FEES

2.040 Inspection Fee

After approval of improvement plans / construction drawings, the subdivider shallpay to Caledonia Village a fee to defray the cost of inspecting improvements. Thefee shall be determined by the Caledonia Village Council.

SECTION 2.05 PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS FOR SUBDIVISIONPLANS AND RELATED WORK

No minor subdivision survey, major subdivision sketch plan or final plat, or improvementplans / construction drawings shall be considered for approval unless it has been preparedby or under the direct supervision of a person of recognized professional qualifications, asset forth in the following table:

8

Description Code Reference Professional Qualifications

MINOR SUBDIVISIONSURVEYS

3.01103.0215; A thru F; H 3.0222; C, 9, A & B

Land Surveyor, registered in theState of Ohio

MAJOR SUBDIVISIONSKETCH PLAN OR FINAL PLAT

3.02153.0222

Land Surveyor, registered in theState of Ohio

IMPROVEMENT PLANS /CONSTRUCTIONDRAWINGS

3.0223 Civil Engineer, registered in theState of Ohio

9

CHAPTER 3

PROCEDURES FOR SUBMISSION OF SUBDIVISIONS:REVIEW AND ACTION


The purpose of this Chapter is to establish well-defined step-by-step procedures which areto be followed by the subdivider in preparing and submitting a minor subdivision survey ora major subdivision sketch plan or a final plat, and by the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission and other agencies in reviewing and approving such plan. Section 3.01hereunder sets forth the simplified procedure required for minor subdivisions of less thanfive (5) lots. Section 3.02 sets forth the more detailed procedure required for majorsubdivisions, comprising five (5) or more lots.

Table 3.0 presents the procedures in graphic form. Where a detail of procedure is notspecifically provided for in Sections 3.01 and3.02, the steps as indicated on this flow chartshall apply.

SECTION 3.01 MINOR SUBDIVISIONS INVOLVING LESS THAN FIVE(5) LOTS

3.010 Conditions for Recording Without a Plat

A proposed division of a parcel of land, shown as a unit or as a contiguous units onthe preceding tax roll, along an existing public street not involving the opening,widening, or extension of any street or road, and involving no more than five (5) lotsafter the original tract has been completely subdivided, may be submitted to theCaledonia Village Planning Commission for approval without a plat. If theCaledonia Village Planning Commission, acting through its staff, is satisfied thatsuch proposed division is not contrary to applicable platting, subdividing, or zoningregulations, it shall within seven (7) working days after submission, approve suchproposed division. On presentation of a conveyance of said parcel the same shall bestamped in such a manner as to indicate clearly the approval of the Caledonia VillagePlanning Commission, and shall bear the signature of the staff member responsible.

10

TABLE 3.0

SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS FLOW CHART OF PROCEDURE

STEPS IN PROCEDURE LESS THAN FIVE (5) LOTS FIVE (5) LOTS OR MORE

SKETCH PLAN SKETCH PLAN(WHEN REQUIRED)

FINAL PLAT

PLANNING STAFF X X X

PUBLIC AGENCIES (1) X X

VILLAGE PLANNINGCOMMISSION

X X

CITY OR VILLAGE COUNCIL (2) X

COUNTY RECORDER X X

(1) Public agencies involved (depending on location and type of subdivision)a. Caledonia Village Engineer for checking accuracy of survey and for approval of improvement plansb. Caledonia Village Council and Caledonia Village Zoning Commissionc. Marion County Board of Health for approval of sanitary facilities where requiredd. Board of Education for report on adequacy of school facilities to serve additional pupils, and negotiate for school sites where involvede. Parks and Recreation Department for negotiation where parkland is involvedf. Post Office for checking duplication of street names

(2) Village Council to accept streets and other improvements, after completion and approval by County, City, or Village Engineer

LEGENDX Designated step in procedure for review and action

“FLOW LINE” between steps

11

3.011 Submission Requirements

3.0110 Drawing and Legal Description

A drawing, drawn to scale, showing location of the property and givingaccurate dimensions, other information as may be necessary, and written legaldescription, shall be required.

3.0111 Right-of-way Conveyance

When the existing street right-of-way width is inadequate, as determined bythe Thoroughfare Plan, a conveyance in the form of a separate deed forhighway, street, or utility purpose shall be required to satisfy saidright-of-way width deficiency. Such dedication shall be made to the Villageof Caledonia

3.0112 Strip Development Drainage

The developer shall install in all road ditches a storm drain tile of appropriatesize and grade in accord with Section 5.10, as interpreted and approved by theCaledonia Village Engineer.

SECTION 3.02 MAJOR SUBDIVISIONS REQUIRING A FINAL PLAT

3.020 Pre-application Guidance

The purpose of the pre-application step in the procedure is to afford the subdividerthe opportunity to obtain the advice of the staff before he invests in land, or beforehe undertakes expensive engineering work. The subdivider is encouraged to consultthe staff at the time he first considers the subdividing of a specific tract of land, inorder to ascertain its adaptability to development, zoning restrictions, availability ofcommunity services, and the advice of the Caledonia Village Planning Commissionregarding best use of the land.

3.021 Sketch Plan

3.0210 Discussion; Sketch Plan

During the course of one or more discussions with the staff, it may bedesirable for the subdivider to present a sketch plan, showing boundaries ofthe tract drawn to scale, and his preliminary ideas as to street and lot patternin relation to existing street and roads. If such a sketch plan is submitted, theCaledonia Village Planning Commission acting shall inform the subdivider,within thirty (30) days whether the proposal is likely to meet the requirementsof these Regulations. If the sketch plan does not fulfill these requirements,the reasons, along with suggested modifications, shall be given thesubdivider.

3.0211 Progressive Development

The subdivider may submit in sketch form his proposals for subdividing a

12

large tract of land which he owns or has under option, even though he doesnot wish to own or to record the entire tract in one plat. This step is ofadvantage to the subdivider and to the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission, which has as its objective the integrated development of entireneighborhoods and communities. Based on the approval of the sketch plan,the subdivider may submit, at intervals, final plats for successive sections ofthe entire tract, in a manner set forth under Section 3.022 hereunder.

3.0212 Single Plat Development

If the tract of land involved is too small to make progressive developmentfeasible, or if the subdivider chooses to record the entire subdivision as oneplot, the subdivider may submit a sketch plan for approval. The purpose isto assure the Caledonia Village Planning Commission, before preparation ofthe final plat, that the subdivision will be in accordance with the Regulationsas to street pattern, lot arrangements and size, drainage, water supply andsewage disposal.


In order to be considered at a meeting of the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission a sketch plan, together with data and documents specifiedhereunder, shall be submitted to the Marion County Regional PlanningCommission fifteen (15) days prior to such meeting.

3.0214 Application Form

An application form, an example of which is in Appendix III-A, shall befiled. Copies of the application form may be obtained from the CaledoniaVillage Municipal Office.

3.0215 Sketch Plan Map Requirements

A. The plan shall be drawn at a scale of not more than one hundred (100)feet to the inch.

B. The title block shall include:

1. Name of the subdivision, which shall not duplicate the nameof any other subdivision in Marion County.

2. Location by section, range, municipality or township, countyand state.

3. Names and addresses of owner, subdivider, and engineer orsurveyor.

4. Scale and date plan was completed.

C. Survey Information:

1. Contours at five (5) foot intervals. United States Geological

13

Survey quadrangle maps may be used to derive contourinformation.

D. Approximate location of physical features inside of the subdivisionand within two hundred (200) feet of the boundaries:

1. Water courses, culverts, bridges, and drains.

2. Location and sizes of sewers, water mains, and other utilities.

3. Streets and alleys including name and right-of-way widthsand all easements.

4. Approximate location of other physical features, such aswooded areas, railroads, fences, and buildings.

E. Boundaries and identification of zoning districts.

F. Location of existing lot and property lines on adjacent land withnames of recorded owners.

G. Proposed developments:

1. Location and width of proposed streets, alleys, cross walks,and easements.

2. Location and approximate acreage of lands reserved forpublic use.

3. Location and approximate square footage of lots, withapproximate dimensions of lot line. Lots shall be givenpreliminary numbers, for identification.

4. Location of front yard set back lines, with distance fromstreets.

H. North arrow and graphic scale.

3.0216 Sketch Plan Approval

Approval of a sketch plan shall not constitute approval of a final plat, butrather an expression of approval of the layout submitted on the sketch planas a guide to the preparation of the final plat.

3.022 Final Plat

The subdivider may choose to submit a final plat for the entire area included in anapproved sketch plan, or he may submit a final plat for a part of it, as a part of aProgressive Development program, as set forth in Section 3.0211 hereinbefore. Final plats for all of the land included in a sketch plan shall be submitted within three(3) years of the approval date of each sketch plan, unless a time extension has beenrequested by the subdivider and granted by the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission. In case the time period for submission of final plats has elapsed, the

14

original sketch plan may be re-submitted for approval.


In order to be considered at a meeting of the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission, a final plat, together with data and documents specifiedhereunder, shall be submitted to the Marion County Regional PlanningCommission thirty (30) days prior to such meeting.

3.0221 Application Form

An application form, an example of which is in Appendix III-B, shall befiled. Copies of the application form may be obtained from the planningoffice.

3.0222 Final Plat Map

Blue line or black line prints of this map shall be submitted. The number ofprints to be submitted shall be as set forth in Appendix I-Table B. The mapshall be prepared in a manner and shall show the information set forthhereunder:

A. Conformance with Sketch Plan

The final plat map shall conform essentially with theapproved sketch plan, if submitted, unless changes have beenrequested or agreed to in advance by the Caledonia VillagePlanning Commission.

B. Methods of Final Plat Map Preparation shall be as follows:

1. Sheets utilized for preparation of tracings shall be ofpolyester drafting film or any similar typereproducible media currently in common use, withsheets 18 inches by 24 inches, with a border of onehalf inch on all sides except the binding edge, whichshall be one inch. If more than one sheet is required,each shall be indexed to a key map, which shall beplaced on each sheet.

2. Waterproof black ink shall be used for all line work,lettering, records, data, statements and signaturesappearing on each map.

3. The map shall be drawn to a scale not more than onehundred (100) feet to the inch.

C. Information to be Shown on Map

The Final Plat Map shall include the following information:

1. Title Block, in lower right hand corner, showing:

15

A. Name of subdivision, which shall notduplicate the name of any other subdivision inMarion County.

B. Location by section, range, municipality ortownship, county and state.

C. Names and address of owner, subdivider, andsurveyor.

D. Scale (written), and date map was completed.

2. Legal description of land included in Final Plat Map.

3. Two attested witnesses and acknowledgment of ownerof the adoption of the plat, and statement dedicatingstreet and other public areas.

4. Certificate of Notary Public.

5. Certificate of surveyor registered in State of Ohio,that survey and plat are accurate, and that allmonuments shown on the map actually exist.

6. Certificates of approval of the following, whereinvolved:

A Street, drainage, or other improvement plansand installations, by the Caledonia VillageEngineer.

B. Provisions for sanitation, by health officehaving jurisdiction.

C. Conformance with zoning regulations, byCaledonia Village Zoning Inspector.

D. Acknowledgment by the Caledonia VillageMayor and Caledonia Village Clerk that abond, certified check, or other documentationto assure improvements has been received, inaccordance with Section 5.12.

7. Statements of approval of the plat by the CaledoniaVillage Planning Commission.

8. Statement of acceptance of streets and public areas bythe Caledonia Village Council.

9. Survey and plat information:

A. Tract boundaries with bearings, distances, and

16

acres. Closure shall have a limit of error onone (1) foot to twenty five thousand (25,000)feet.

B. A survey reference point approved by theCaledonia Village Engineer. Also section,corporation, or township lines transgressingthe subdivision or in the immediate vicinityshall be shown by distances and bearings.

C. Street right-of-way lines, with right-of-waywidth dimensioned, and street names, whichshall not conflict with the names of anyexisting streets in Marion County.

D. The identification of all areas dedicated forpublic use, plus any areas reserved for futurededication or public acquisition.

E. The acreage of land dedicated for streets andof areas dedicated or reserved for public use.

F. The acreage of land dedicated to residentiallots.

G. Location, dimensions, and purpose of alleasements.

H. All lot lines, with accurate distances andbearings. Where distances or bearings withina block are uniform, only those at the end ofthe block need be dimensioned.

I. A system of consecutive lot numbers asassigned by the Marion County Auditor'sOffice.

J. Length of all arcs, tangents and radii, as wellas internal angles, points of curvature andtangent bearings and length of curves.

K. Purpose of all lots or sites not intended forresidential use.

L. Front yard setback lines on all lots and sites,with distance to street dimensioned.

M. Zoning district boundaries transgressing oradjacent to the subdivision.

N. Location and description of all monumentsand bench marks within the subdivision and

17

those outside the subdivision used as referencepoints.

O. Location and identification of all adjacentright-of-way, alleys, easements, lots and landparcels, with the names of recorded owners.

P. A vicinity sketch showing the design of theproposed subdivision in relation to theexisting streets, lots, drainage ways, anddeveloped land in the surrounding area.

Q. North arrow and graphic scale on all planviews.

10. Protective covenants, if any have been prepared, inform for recording with the plat.

3.0223 Improvement Drawings / Construction Plans

Improvement drawings / construction plans shall include the following:

A. Street Profiles:

The plan and profile of each proposed street indicatingexisting and proposed profiles at the horizontal scale of notmore than fifty (50) feet to the inch and a vertical scale of notmore than five (5) feet to the inch. A north arrow and agraphic and written scale shall be shown on all plan views.

B. Street Cross Sections:

All materials and methods of construction shall be referencedby item numbers in accordance with the current State of Ohio,Department of Transportation Construction and MaterialsSpecifications. A cross section of each proposed street, at ascale of five (5) feet to the inch, showing the width, material,and depth of the pavement, the location and width, material,and depth of sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, the location ofunderground utility lines, right-of-way, and ratio of slopedlines.

C. Sanitary Sewers and Storm Water Drainage:

1. Plans and profiles of proposed sewers and stormsewers or other drainage ways, at the horizontal scaleof not more than fifty (50) feet to the inch, and avertical scale of not more than five (5) feet to the inch,with grades, with location of manholes and inlets, andpipe sizes indicated. If a pipe system of storm sewersis not required, the alternate surface drainage systemshall be properly illustrated as required by the

18

Caledonia Village Engineer.

2. In areas where land in the drainage basin above orbelow the subdivision is not provided with adequateunderground drainage systems, (See Section 5.0222)a contour map of the drainage basin shall besubmitted, showing:

A. the acreage and calculated storm water runoffpassing into the subdivision, as a basis forestimating required capacity of pipes ordrainage swales and;

B. the proposed means of carrying storm waterfrom the subdivision to the nearest existingstorm main or drain (See Section 5.0222).

D. Other Utilities:

Where required, plans of other proposed utilities (See Section5.05), such as water (with pipe sizes and hydrant locations),electric lines, telecommunications lines, street lighting (whenapplicable), gas lines, etc. shall be shown.

E. Adjustments:

Adjustments in the improvement drawings shall be made asrequired by the Caledonia Village Planning Commission orthe Caledonia Village Engineer.

F. Measurements:

1. All dimensions, alignments, angles, and othermeasurements are considered as final, and will bechecked for accuracy.

2. Plans for all streets shall accurately show all bearings,curve angles, and curve radii.

G. Survey Information:

Contours at not more than five (5) foot intervals where theslope is greater than ten (10) percent and not more than two(2) foot intervals where the slope is ten (10) percent or less. Elevations are to be based on sea level datum. Benchmarksused to determine elevations shall be shown.

H. Existing Physical Features inside the Subdivision andAdjacent to the Boundaries of the Subdivision:

1. Water courses, culverts, bridges and drains.

19

2. Location and sizes of sewers, water mains and otherpipe lines and fire hydrants.

3. Streets, alleys, including name and right-of-way andpavement widths and all easements.

4. Location of other physical features, such as woodedareas, power and telephone lines (both overhead andunderground), railroads, fences and buildings.

Blue line or black line prints of each of these drawings shall be submitted. Drawings shallbe prepared on sheets of polyester drafting film or any similar type of reproducible mediacurrently in common use, with black India ink, on sheets 24 inches by 36 inches with aborder one half inch on all sides except the binding edge, which shall be one inch. Eachsheet shall have a title, which shall contain the name of the subdivision and the name of thestreet or road if one is involved. Space shall be provided on the title sheet or on the firstsheet of the series for approval of the official engineer or other proper authority. Thenumber of prints to be submitted shall be as set forth in Appendix I-Table B.

SECTION 3.03 PROCEDURE FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF FINALPLAT MAP; RECORDING OF FINAL PLAT MAP

The procedure for review, approval and recording of the final plan shall be in accordancewith the Table 3.0. The successive steps, together with responsible officials and time limitsinvolved, are set forth hereunder.

3.030 Review by Planning Staff and Other Officials

Where a final plat has been received, together with required data and documents, onthe day specified in Section 3.0220 for submission, the staff shall place the proposalon the agenda for the next Caledonia Village Planning Commission meeting, andproceed with the review of the final plat as follows:

A. Refer copies of the plan, together with supporting material, to theCaledonia Village Engineer, to health officers, and to other officialswho may have jurisdiction over the review of certain aspects of theproposed subdivision.

B. Place the proposal on the agenda of the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission at the time of its meeting prior to Caledonia VillageCouncil review. Secure the recommendation of the CaledoniaVillage Planning Commission regarding the plan. If deemednecessary by the Caledonia Village Planning Commission, officialsinvolved in various aspects of the proposed subdivision (see “A”above) may be asked to prepare written reports thereon.

C. Prepare a summary report of the proposed subdivision, including therecommendations of the Caledonia Planning Commission, and mailsuch report to members of the Caledonia Village Council no less thanfive (5) days prior to the meeting at which the plat is to be reviewed.

20

3.031 Planning Commission Review

The final plat, together with the Caledonia Village Planning Commissionrecommendation, shall be submitted to the Caledonia Village Council which thenwill proceed with review and action as set forth hereunder:

3.032 Planning Commission Action

Within thirty (30) days after submission to the staff, the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission shall take action approving or disapproving the final plat. In the caseof disapproval, reasons therefor shall be given in the minutes of the meeting, withreference to specific requirements of these Regulations which have not beencomplied with.

3.033 Recording

The subdivider shall record the Final Plat Map in the office of the County Recorderof Deeds within three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the date of approval unlessthe planning commission agrees to an extension of time. If the plat map is notrecorded within said time limit, its approval shall be considered void. The numberof prints required is set forth in Appendix I-Table B.

As built improvement / construction drawings on polyester drafting film shall be filedwith the Caledonia Village Engineer upon completion of construction and prior toacceptance by the Caledonia Village Council.

SECTION 3.04 ACCEPTANCE OF IMPROVEMENTS

Approval of a plat for recording shall not constitute the acceptance by the public of anystreet, drainage, water supply or sanitary sewer installation or any other improvement shownon the plat for public ownership and maintenance. Official jurisdiction and procedures ofthe acceptance of improvements shall be as follows:

3.040 Jurisdiction of Acceptance

Improvements shall be accepted by the Caledonia Village Council.

3.041 Procedure for Acceptance

3.0410 Official Reports

After completion and final inspection and approval of all improvements, theCaledonia Village Engineer shall make a report thereon to the CaledoniaVillage Council, indicating whether the improvements comply with therequirements of these Regulations. In case of noncompliance, the subdividershall be so notified, and requested to make further improvements asnecessary. In the case of community water supply and / or a sewage disposalsystem, the report of the Caledonia Village Engineer shall be accompaniedby a favorable report on such installations by the Ohio Department of Healthand/or the Ohio EPA.

21

3.0411 Conditions for Acceptance

When a report has been received from the Caledonia Village Engineer orother official involved, certifying that the improvements comply withapplicable standards, the Caledonia Village Council shall accept suchimprovements for public maintenance and operation. Such acceptance shallnot be given until the developer has signed a contract guaranteeing that, ifconstruction defects occur within a period of one (1) year, said developer willcorrect such defects to the satisfaction of the Caledonia Village Engineerwithout cost to Caledonia Village.

22

CHAPTER 4

DESIGN STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS


The purpose of this Chapter is to establish basic and minimum design standards which willbe required for lots, streets, and other physical elements in subdivisions. The standardsspecified herein are deemed to be minimum. All work and materials shall conform to therequirements of the current Village of Caledonia Construction and Materials Specificationsor State of Ohio Department of Transportation Construction and Material Specificationscurrent addition.

SECTION 4.01 REQUIREMENTS

4.010 Conformance With Official Plans

In order to be approved and recorded, all subdivisions shall conform to officiallyadopted plans, as follows:

A. The Comprehensive Plan for Caledonia Village.

B. Advance Plans for residential neighborhoods or communities, asdefined in Chapter 6 showing a general location of drainage systems,streets and community facilities.

4.011 Suitability of Land

Land should be suited to the purpose for which it is to be subdivided. It shall be thepolicy of the planning commission to encourage urban development of land whichis best suited to such development, as shown on the official Land Use Plan.

The above statement of policy is intended as a guide for a subdivider in the selectionof land for urban development.

SECTION 4.02 STREET DESIGN

4.020 General Pattern of Streets

The general pattern of streets in a subdivision shall conform to the followingstandards and requirements:

4.021 Conformance with General Plans

The pattern of streets shall conform to the official Thoroughfare Plan for the areainvolved, and shall be properly related to plans for state highways.

4.022 Advance Neighborhood Plans

23

If the subdivision is located in an area for which an advance plan for a neighborhoodhas been prepared by the Caledonia Village Planning Commission, the streets shallconform to such plan as nearly as possible.

4.023 Classes of Streets

The classes of streets (as defined in Chapter 6) which shall be observed in the designof a subdivision are collector and minor streets. Design standards for each class ofstreet are set forth in Section 4.03.

4.024 Street Pattern to Serve Traffic within the Subdivision

A. Collector Streets shall be located to serve the major lines of traffic movementin and out of the entire neighborhood, and to provide access to shoppingcenters, schools and other points requiring vehicular access by many people.Where possible, collector streets should be so located as to avoid themovement of unnecessary traffic entirely through a neighborhood.

B. Minor Streets shall be relatively short, and should be so laid out as todiscourage through traffic.

4.025 Relation of Street Pattern to Natural Drainage

Wherever possible, streets shall be so located that natural drainage channels followthe street right-of-way, or can be diverted to such right-of-way with a minimum ofgrading. Exceptions where drainage along private easements will be permitted areset forth in Section 4.0702 hereunder.

4.026 Relation of Streets to Topography

Streets shall be logically related to topography so as to result in usable lots andreasonable grades. Lots shall be so graded that they will drain into the requiredunderground or surface drainage system.

Where practical the graded elevation of the building site shall be at least one (1) foothigher than the existing or proposed street pavement elevation. However, the one (1)foot building elevation requirement may be waived by the staff if there is evidenceof adequate natural drainage on the lot.

4.027 Continuity of Streets within the Neighborhood

Where a subdivision comprises part of a total neighborhood, the Caledonia VillagePlanning Commission may require provision for continuance of streets into adjacentdeveloped or undeveloped portions of the neighborhood.

4.028 Relation of Streets to Major Thoroughfares

Where a subdivision abuts or contains an existing or proposed major thoroughfare,the planning commission may require a marginal access street, double frontage lotswith access only to a minor street, or other treatment which will provide protectionfor abutting properties, reduction of the number of intersections and separation ofthrough and local traffic.

24

SECTION 4.03 SPECIFIC STREET DESIGN STANDARDS ANDREQUIREMENTS

Streets in any subdivision shall be designed to comply with the following standards andrequirements.

4.030 Right-of-Way Width

The width of the right-of-way on any street shall be as follows:

CLASS OFSTREET

TYPE OFDEVELOPMENT

MINIMUMRIGHT-OF-WAYWIDTH IN FEET*

Minor Single family lots:

Lots for two-family, multi-family, or commercial orindustrial purposes

Mixed development involvingsingle-family, two-family, ormulti-family dwellings and soindicated in covenants and deedrestrictions

50'

50'

50'

Collector All Types 50'

*See Table 5.1 for a summary of street right-of-way

Where a street is planned as an extension of an existing street having a greater widththan specified above, the planning commission may require that the new extensionof the street have the same width as that of the existing section.

4.031 Alignment of Streets

4.0310 Center Line Horizontal Curves

Centerline horizontal curves shall comply with the standards set forth inSection 5.081.

4.0311 Angle Turns

Angle turns not complying with the standards of radius of curvature set forthin Section 4.0310 may be permitted on minor streets where such alignmentresults in more efficient use of the land. Where an angle turn is permitted,there shall be provided on the outside of the turn in alignment an "eyebrow"or "bubble", in the form of a segment of a circle. The radius of such circlemay be drawn from a point between the centerline and outside right-of-wayline, as may be required to provide for adequate lot width at the street line. The right-of-way line on the inside of the turn (opposite the "eyebrow") shall

25

have a minimum radius of twenty (20) feet. The centerlines of street sectionson either side of an angle turn shall form an angle of no less than eighty-five(85) degrees.

4.0312 Reverse Curves

Reverse curves on all arterial streets and collector streets shall have aminimum tangent between them of one hundred (100) feet.

4.032 Street Intersections

The following standards shall be the minimum for street intersection designs:

4.0320 Number of Approaches

No more than four street legs or approaches to an intersection shall bepermitted.

4.0321 Angle of Street Intersections

For a tangent distance of thirty (30) feet on a minor street and one hundred(100) feet on any other street, measured from the intersection of theright-of-way lines, all streets shall intersect at an angle of ninety (90) degreeswhere practical but in no case shall be less than seventy five (75) degrees.

4.0322 Intersection Offsets

Streets entering opposite sides of another street shall be laid out eitherdirectly opposite each other or with a minimum offset of one hundredtwenty-five (125) feet between their center lines.

4.0323 Intersection Spacing

All local streets intersecting and entering the same side of arterial street shallbe located at least eight hundred (800) feet apart, measured between centerlines.

4.0324 Minimum Property Line Radius

The minimum radius at the property line at all intersections shall be twenty(20) feet.

4.033 Cul-de-Sacs

Cul-de-sacs may be permitted only where topography or the shape of the entire tractof land requires them to provide for efficient use of the land. A cul-de-sac shall nothave a total length of more than six hundred (600) feet, and shall have a turn-aroundat the closed end with a minimum right-of-way diameter of one hundred (100) feet.

4.034 Half Street

Half streets shall be prohibited unless it can be established to the satisfaction of the

26

planning commission that, before any lot fronting thereon is sold, built upon oroccupied, the entire street will have been dedicated and improved in accordance withstandards and requirements set forth in these Regulations. Practical examples ofsituations under which this condition might occur are as follows:

1. One half of the street already is dedicated and improved, to which itis proposed to add the other half and complete the requiredimprovements.

2. Two adjoining subdivisions are simultaneously or nearlysimultaneously in the process of planning and development, and thedevelopers have agreed on the dedication and improvement of a streetlocated on a common boundary line.

Satisfactory proof of compliance with the above-stated requirements shall be in theform of contractual agreements between the two developers, where two are involved,and between each developer involved and the county or municipality, assuring thededication of the entire street and installation of all improvements. Also, there shallbe a simultaneous recording of adjoining subdivision plats and simultaneousconstruction of improvements.

4.035 Reserve Strips

Reserve strips preventing access to a street from the adjoining property shall beprohibited.

4.036 Street Names

The names of new streets shall not duplicate existing street names, except where anexisting street is extended or where a new street is in alignment with an existing one.

SECTION 4.04 ALLEY DESIGN

4.040 Where Prohibited

Alleys shall be prohibited in single-family and two-family developments.

4.041 Where Required

Alleys may be required by the Caledonia Village Planning Commission in apartmenthouse, business and industrial districts unless definite and assured provisions aremade for access to off street parking, loading, and general service areas on each lot.

4.042 Minimum Width

The minimum width of right-of-way of an alley shall be twenty (20) feet.

4.043 Intersections and Alignment

Alley intersections and sharp changes shall be avoided. Where they are necessary,the corners of intersecting alley rights-of-way lines shall be cut off by a line

27

connecting two points at least ten (10) feet back from the point of intersection.

SECTION 4.05 BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

The following standards and requirements shall be observed in the design of blocks:

4.050 General Requirements

The length, width, and shape of blocks shall be determined with due regard for othersubdivision design standards and requirements as set forth in this article. The shapeof a specific block may not be determined by topography, which determines thealignment of adjoining streets. Its length may be determined by standards of streetintersection spacing, as specified in Section 4.0323. Its width will be determined bythe minimum depth of lots for a particular subdivision, as specified in Section4.0616.

4.051 Residential Blocks

4.0510 Length of Block

Block length shall not exceed twelve hundred (1200) feet, nor be less thanfive hundred (500) feet. In case of a block of single lot depth, with lotsbacking onto a limited access thoroughfare or onto land which is not likelyto become residential, such block may exceed the above maximum lengthprovided the local street on which such lots face has intersections on itsopposite side no more than twelve hundred (1200) feet apart.

4.0511 Width of Block

Blocks shall be two lots in depth except where double frontage lots arerequired, with access permitted from only one of two abutting streets.

4.0512 Pedestrian Cross Walks

Pedestrian cross walks within blocks shall be prohibited except in caseswhere topography, site limitations or existing street pattern, result ininadequate pedestrian access to schools, shopping centers, or parks. Whereprovided, crosswalks shall have a right-of-way width of twelve (12) feet, anda paved walk complying with standards specified in Section 5.0915.

4.052 Non-Residential Blocks

Blocks intended for non-residential uses shall be of such length, width, and shape asthe planning commission finds necessary for the intended use, including adequateprovisions for off-street parking, loading, and unloading of truck goods, andlimitation and control of vehicular access points to adjoining streets.

SECTION 4.06 LOT DESIGN

All lots shall comply with all requirements of the Caledonia Village Zoning Ordinance forthe area in which the subdivision is located

28

4.060 This Section Left Intentionally Blank4.0600 This Section Left Intentionally Blank



4.0610 This Section Left Intentionally Blank - See Section 4.06 4.0611 This Section Left Intentionally Blank4.0612 This Section Left Intentionally Blank4.0613 This Section Left Intentionally Blank4.0614 This Section Left Intentionally Blank4.0615 This Section Left Intentionally Blank4.0616 This Section Left Intentionally Blank - See Section 4.064.0617 This Section Left Intentionally Blank

4.062 This Section Left Intentionally Blank

SECTION 4.07 STANDARDS FOR EASEMENTS

The following standards and requirements shall be observed in the location and design ofeasements:

4.070 Storm Water Easements

4.0700 Permanent Streams, Water Courses and Trunk Lines

Whenever a subdivision is traversed by a stream, county ditch, county tile, orother permanent water course, or by a trunk sewer main, existing or planned,a drainage easement shall be provided, having adequate width for workmenand equipment to install, maintain, or repair drainage facilities. The minimumwidth of such easement shall be:

A. A minimum of twenty-five (25) feet from the top of the bank,measured at right angles thereto and on both sides of a stream,waterway, or open ditch.

B A minimum of twenty (20) feet centered on the centerline ofdrainage tiles and sewers.

Such easement shall be dedicated to Marion County or Caledonia Village.

When in the opinion of the Caledonia Village Engineer or the Marion CountyEngineer, a deviation from the above-listed easement widths isrecommended, the Caledonia Village Planning Commission may, by amajority of its members, increase or reduce the width of easement specified.

4.0701 Flood Plain Regulations

A. The regulatory flood plain and floodway shall be clearly labeled onthe sketch plan and Final Plat Map.

B. Subdivision of lands within flood plain areas shall not be approved

29

if the cost of providing adequate flood protection to the public andgovernmental services would impose an unreasonable economicburden on the local governmental unit.

C. Restrictive deed covenants shall be filed with the final plat map andshall provide that the flood plain area be left essentially in the samestate shown on the plat, establish finished elevations of buildings,structures and private streets and roads, and require that additions ormodifications to these facilities will not violate any provisions ofother flood plain regulations.

D. All proposed buildings, structures, and utility facilities shall beprohibited in the floodway.

E. All proposed buildings, structures, and utility facilities shall beelevated a minimum of one (1) foot above the flood protectionelevation or as required by the Marion County Flood PlainAdministrator.

F. Adequate drainage shall be provided so as to prevent a substantialincrease in the flood hazard.

4.0702 Surface Drainage Swales Proposed Within or Serving the Subdivision

As set forth in Section 4.025, streets should be so located as to provide forstorm drainage of the subdivision within the street right-of-way. Where thisis not reasonably possible, surface drainage swales in private easements maybe permitted, with the approval of the official engineer involved. Whereapproved, such drainage easements shall be located along rear or side lotlines, and shall have a minimum width of ten (10) feet on each side of suchlot lines.

4.071 Easements for Other Utilities

All utility lines serving a subdivision shall be located in the street right-of-way oreasements as set forth hereunder. Where such easement is separate from a streetright-of-way, it shall be considered as a part of the lot adjoining it in computing thelot area as required in the Caledonia Village Zoning Ordinance. This easement shallbe kept clear of structures, trees or other improvements which would interfere withinstallation or maintenance of utility lines.

4.0710 Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drain, Water, and Gas Lines

The Caledonia Village Engineer shall specify the location of the sanitarysewer line, storm drain line, water line, and gas line within the street right-of-way. If this proves to be impractical, an easement may be approved alongfront, side, or rear lot lines having a minimum width as follows:

A. Front lot line - minimum easement width of ten (10) feet.

B. Side or rear lot line - minimum easement width of ten (10)feet on either side of such lot lines.

30

4.0711 Electric Power, Telephone, and Cable Lines

Wherever it is economically feasible, electric, telephone, and cable lines shallbe located along front, side, or rear lot lines, and shall be provided for by aneasement having a minimum width as follows:

A. Front lot line - minimum easement width of ten (10) feet.

B. Side and Rear lot line - minimum easement width of ten (10)feet on either side of such lot lines

Anchor easements shall be avoided, but where they are necessary they shallbe placed along lot lines and shall have a maximum width of four (4) feetalong each side if the lot line and have a maximum length of thirty (30) feet.

4.072 Crosswalks

Where permitted, pedestrian crosswalks shall be located in right-of-way as specifiedin Section 4.0512.

SECTION 4.08 COMMUNITY FACILITIES AND OPEN SPACES

4.080 Establishment of Need

When a subdivision proposal is submitted in a sketch form, it will be theresponsibility of the planning staff to determine whether the land involved containsa site for a future community facility, such as a school, playground, public building,church or shopping center. In making such determination, reference shall be madeto adopted elements of the Comprehensive Plan, or plans of public agencies involved.

4.081 Site Reservation and Acquisition

Where it has been determined that a site for a community facility is involved, theplanning staff shall so advise the subdivider during the sketch stage of subdivisiondesign.

4.0810 Where the site involved is subject to acquisition by a public agency, such asthe Board of Education or Park Board, the planning staff shall advise theappropriate public agency and assist in negotiations. The site may be madeavailable to the public agency by one of the following methods:

A. Dedication to public use.

B. Reservation of acquisition by the public agency withina period of six (6) months, beginning on the day theFinal Plat is approved. Said reservation shall be madein such a manner as to provide for a release of theland to the subdivider in the event the public agencyhas not entered into a contract to acquire the site orhas filed condemnation proceedings within this timelimit.

31

4.0811 Where the site involved is not subject to acquisition by a public agency(Examples: shopping center or church) the planning staff will consult withthe developer as to the best location and design with relation to traffic andresidential lots.

SECTION 4.09 PRESERVATION OF EXISTING PHYSICAL ASSETS

Whenever a subdivision contains existing features which will be assets to the community,efforts should be made to preserve them through harmonious design. Examples of suchfeatures are woodlands, stream courses, and historic sites and buildings. Such features maybe preserved in one of the following ways:

A. By dedication for park use if appropriate.

B. By deeds or covenants running to property owners.

C. By careful design of streets, leaving wooded areas in lots.

SECTION 4.10 TREES AND OTHER LANDSCAPING

The planting of trees on lots or reserved areas is recommended as a means of enhancing theaesthetic character of the subdivision. No trees or other landscaping materials shall beplanted within a street right-of-way or within utility rights-of-way or easements. Plantingsnear a street right-of-way, should be so located that they will not impair traffic visibility atintersections or conflict with utility facilities within the street right-of-way.

SECTION 4.11 SOIL EROSION REQUIREMENTS

A. In the development of a subdivision, the developer shall not cause or allow earth-disturbing activities that can impair a public or private surface ditch, subsurfacedrainage, stream, river or lake, nor shall sediment be deposited onto an adjoiningproperty. Adequate control of soil erosion and sedimentation, through the use of bestmanagement practices with both temporary and permanent measures, shall be usedduring all phases of clearing, grading, and construction to conserve soil resources andto maintain existing water quality. Sediment control shall follow the standards andspecifications in Water Management and Sediment Control for Urbanizing Areas(Soil Conservation Service, USDA, March, 1987, or the most current addition).

B. When a proposed development area consists of five (5) or more acres of earth-disturbing activities, the owner of record shall develop and submit to the OhioEnvironmental Protection Agency for review and approval, a soil erosion andsedimentation control plan. Such a plan shall contain sufficient information,drawings and notes to describe how soil erosion and off-site sedimentation will bekept to a minimum, both during and after construction.

C. When a proposed development area involves less than five acres, it is not necessaryto submit a soil erosion and sedimentation control plan; however, the developer shallcomply with the requirements of Section 4.11 (A). Upon request, submittal ofspecific soil erosion and sedimentation prevention measures to be or beingimplemented may be required to determine compliance.

D. Soil erosion and sedimentation control plans shall be certified by a professional

engineer registered in the State of Ohio before being submitted to the CaledoniaVillage Planning Commission for review and approval.

32

CHAPTER 5

IMPROVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS


The general purpose of this Chapter is to assure that each subdivision will have theimprovements necessary for a good neighborhood, stable property values, and minimummaintenance costs. Specific purposes are set forth at the beginning of each sectionhereunder:

SECTION 5.01 OFFICIAL JURISDICTION

The purpose of this Section is to set forth the jurisdiction and responsibilities of publicofficials for review and approval of construction plans, for inspection of installation and foracceptance of completed improvements in Caledonia Village.

5.010 Approval of Plans and Inspection

Within the general framework of jurisdiction set forth in Section 1.02, specificresponsibility shall be set fourth in Table 5.0.

5.011 Inspection Procedures

Each phase of construction work shall be inspected and approved by the CaledoniaVillage Engineer or other official as designated in Table 5.0 before the work iscontinued. No street or sidewalk subgrade, pavement course, trench, pipe or otherinstallation shall be covered before it has been inspected and approved. Thesubdivider shall inform the inspector's office that the work is ready for inspection noless than twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the time he expects it to be obscuredby further work.

5.012 Acceptance of Improvements

Jurisdiction over acceptance of improvements shall be as set forth in Section 3.04.

SECTION 5.02 IMPROVEMENTS REQUIRED OF SUBDIVIDER

The purpose of this Section is to set forth the kinds of improvements which the subdividerwill be required to install.

33

TABLE 5.0

TYPE OF IMPROVEMENT OFFICIAL RESPONSIBILITY WITHINCALEDONIA VILLAGE

(Involving Approval of Construction Plans, Tests, andInspection of Installation)

Street Improvements(Grading, Paving, Sidewalks, Bridges)

Caledonia Village Engineer or designatedrepresentative

Drainage Facilities Caledonia Village Engineer or designatedrepresentative

Water Supply:

Public System*

Community System

Private Wells

State of Ohio, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

State of Ohio, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

Marion County Department of Health

Sanitary Sewage:

Public System

Community System

Home Sewage Systems for 1-, 2-, or 3-FamilyDwellings



Marion County Department of Health

Street Signs and Monuments Caledonia Village Engineer or designatedrepresentative

* In the case of a community or public water system, the appropriate regulated water utilitywill be involved in design and installation. For gas, electric power, telephone lines, andcable lines, the appropriate utility company will be involved.

5.020 Pavement and Curb

The subdivider shall be required to install improvements as set forth hereunder:

5.0200 New Streets

All new streets shall be constructed to the full width of the right-of-way.Pavement shall be installed to a minimum width as specified in Section5.081.

5.0201 Existing Streets

When land is being subdivided along an existing street, Caledonia Villagemay require the pavement to be widened. However, the maximum requiredwidth of a pavement need not exceed ten (10) feet measured from the

34

centerline to the edge of pavement or back of the curb, whichever isapplicable. In the case of a subdivision having lots fronting on both sides ofan existing street, the subdivider shall be responsible for a maximum oftwenty (20) feet of pavement width.

5.0202 Dead End Streets

Where streets are extended to the boundary of the subdivision to provideaccessibility to the future development in adjacent land, the developer mustprovide a temporary turn-around, complying with the specifications set forthby the Caledonia Village Engineer. Such a turn-around shall not be requiredwhere the dead-end street is one lot depth or less.

5.0203 Curbs

Curbs, if installed, shall comply with the specifications set forth in StandardDrawings R-1, R-2, R-3, and R-5. Curbs may be required if the existingstreets being extended from an adjoining subdivisions already has curbs.Otherwise, curbs are optional.

5.021 Sidewalks

Sidewalks, if installed, shall comply with specifications set forth in StandardDrawings R-16, R-17, and R-18. Sidewalks may be required if the streets in theadjoining developed subdivision have sidewalks. Otherwise, sidewalks are optional.

In the instance sidewalks are installed, sidewalk curb ramps for the handicapped shallbe provided. All sidewalk curb ramps shall comply with the State of Ohio,Department of Transportation Construction and Materials Specifications, currentedition, and standard construction drawings. The Caledonia Village Engineer shallspecify the type of sidewalk curb ramp required.

5.022 Storm Water Drainage Facilities

The subdivider shall be required to install drainage facilities complying withspecifications set forth Section 5.10 in and under the conditions set forth hereunder:

No road ditch may be used for storm water discharge from residential, commercial,or industrial development unless permission is obtained from the State of Ohio orCaledonia Village.

5.0220 Approval of Official Engineer

Before any subdivision is approved for recording, it must have a certificationfrom the Caledonia Village Engineer that the improvement plans for stormdrainage are adequate.

5.0221 Protection of Drainage Courses

Provisions shall be made by the subdivider to assure that all water courses inthe form of permanent or intermittent streams, creeks, ditches, agriculturaldrain tile, or any other type of underground drainage or sewer line, or small

35

gullies carrying storm surface water run-off, shall continue to function in theirnormal manner. If the development of the subdivision requires changes insuch drainage courses, plans for such changes shall be approved by theCaledonia Village Engineer before the final plat is approved.

Any agricultural drain tile or other type of underground sewer line which iscut off, broken or otherwise damaged shall be repaired unless it is replacedby another drainage facility which serves the purpose of the original line.

Easements for such drainage courses, existing, or as revised, shall be as setforth in Section 4.070.

A professional engineer shall provide storm water drainage calculations forall major subdivisions involving five (5) or more lots.

The storm water discharge rate from major subdivisions (or improvedland)shall be equal to or less than the pre-development storm water dischargerate unless the developer can show the natural feature will not be negativelyimpacted by the proposed storm water discharge rate.

5.0222 Provision for Drainage in Larger Drainage Basin

If the subdivision is located in a larger drainage basin, the drainage facilitiesinstalled shall be adequate to serve the calculated drainage requirements ofthe entire basin, as set forth hereunder:

A. Storm water flowing into the subdivision from the upper side

Pipe sizes or drainage swales, where approved, shall be adequate toserve the entire drainage basin.

B. Discharge of storm water from the subdivision

Where necessary, closed sewers or outlet ditches shall be provided,connecting the drainage system of the subdivision with the neareststorm sewer main or drainage course. If the same is across privateproperty, an easement(s) shall be obtained by the subdivider. Sucheasement(s) shall be shown on the final plat

If the subdivider is unable to acquire the necessary easement(s), theCaledonia Village Council may declare such easement(s) to be apublic necessity and acquire it by eminent domain.

If it is found by the Caledonia Village Council that the cost of acomplete drainage system, including the cost of easement(s), as setforth herein in Section 5.0222 would be substantially higher thanequitable can be required of the subdivider, provision may be madefor sharing of such cost.

5.0223 Capacity of Drainage Facilities

Storm drainage facilities shall be designed, following the rational method, for

36

the following frequencies or as approved by the Caledonia Village Engineer:

Trunks or mains: Ten year storm Laterals or branches: Five year storm

5.0224 Types of Drainage Facilities Required

5.02240 Where an Existing Drainage System Is Available

See Chapter 6 for a definition of an "Available Utility Line".

Where an existing drainage system is available, the subdivider shalldesign and install a drainage system connecting with it. Stormdrainage lines and sanitary sewer lines shall not be allowed tointerconnect.

5.02241 Where an Existing Drainage System Is Not Available

Where an existing drainage system is not available a drainage systemof open swales or ditches may be permitted, provided all otherrequirements of this Section relating to drainage are met.

A. This Section Left Intentionally Blank.

B. This Section Left Intentionally Blank - See Section5.02241

SECTION 5.03 WATER SUPPLY

The subdivider shall be required to install facilities meeting the specifications of Section 5.11under conditions as set forth hereunder:

5.030 If Water Supply is Available

See Chapter 6 for a definition of an "Available Utility Line ".

In the event that public or community water supply can be made available to thesubdivision by extension of existing water mains, the subdivider shall install a systemor systems serving the subdivision as specified in Section 5.11 and shall connect suchsystem to existing water mains.

The community or public water supply system shall comply with the requirementsof the State of Ohio, Environmental Protection Agency and Marion County HealthDepartment

If the subdivision is in an area which will be served by a community or public watersystem which is in the final planning stage, but not yet built, the underground pipelines of the system shall be so installed that they can be connected with thecommunity or public system when completed.

5.0301 Fire Hydrants

37

Unless this requirement is waived by the Caledonia Village PlanningCommission because of the lack of adequate water pressure and/or supply,or waived based on the written recommendation of the fire district and/ortownship having jurisdiction, the subdivider shall provide, install, or pay forthe installation of fire hydrants in the subdivision. The fire hydrantspecifications, including quantities and location shall be as specified by theCaledonia Village Planning Commission. The Caledonia Village PlanningCommission, in making its decision, may first request the subdivider receivea recommendation regarding fire hydrant specifications, including quantitiesand location from the water company and the district fire chief(s) in whichthe subdivision is located.

5.031 If a Community or Public Water Supply is Not Available -Individual WaterWells

In the event that a community or public water supply is not available therequirements for individual well shall be as follows:

Upon application from the subdivider, individual wells shall be permitted providingthe following conditions are met:

A. A statement shall be obtained from the Division of Water, OhioDepartment of Natural Resources, that the underground aquifer willprovide adequate supply of potable water for the domestic needs ofthe proposed subdivision.

B. The construction of individual wells shall conform to the currentregulations of the Marion County Health Department and/or the OhioEPA.

Shared water wells may be permitted provided the Marion County Health Departmentapproves the wells. A shared water well written notation must be placed on the majorsubdivision plat and / or individual deed (deed for a lot in a platted subdivision or deed fora minor land division) indicating maintenance responsibilities among the various users.

SECTION 5.04 SANITARY SEWERS

The subdivider shall be required to install sanitary sewer facilities meeting the specificationsof Section 5.11 under conditions as set forth hereunder:

5.040 If Sanitary Sewers Are Available

See Chapter 6 for a definition of an "Available Utility Lines".

In the event that public sanitary sewers can be made available to the subdivision byextension of existing mains, the subdivider shall install a sanitary sewer system asspecified in Section 5.11 and shall connect such a system with existing mains.

5.041 If Sanitary Sewers are Not Available

The provision of a sewage disposal by septic tanks may be approved provided thefollowing conditions are met:

A. The requirements of Section 4.0610 are compiled with as to

38

minimum size of lots.

B. The construction of individual sewage disposal systems shall conformto the current regulations of the Marion County Health Departmentand/or the State of Ohio, Environmental Protection Agency.



SECTION 5.05 OTHER UTILITIES

5.050 Electric Power, Gas, Cable, and Telecommunication Systems

In every subdivision, provision shall be made for satisfactory electric power, gas,cable, and telecommunication systems. Whenever it is practical, efforts shall bemade to place the necessary utilities underground. All required utilities shall beplaced in street rights-of-way or in easements as specified in Section 4.0711.Facilities shall be constructed consistent with accepted industry practices andmaterials.

SECTION 5.06 STREET NAME SIGNS

Street name signs shall be installed at each street intersection in accordance withspecifications prescribed by the Caledonia Village Engineer.

SECTION 5.07 PERMANENT MONUMENTS

Permanent monuments of stone, concrete, or solid iron pins complying with specificationsof the official engineer having jurisdiction, shall be placed in the manner set forth in Chapter711 Revised Code of Ohio.

Iron pin monuments, complying with specifications of the official engineer, shall be placedat all lot corners in a manner set forth in O.R.C. 4733. The pins shall be in place after allgrading and sidewalk construction has been completed.

SECTION 5.08 IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The purpose of this Section is to establish the minimum standards and specifications towhich the subdivider must conform in the design and construction of the several kinds ofimprovements for which he is responsible, as set forth in Section 5.02.

5.080 General Grading Requirements

5.0800 Within Street Right-of-Way

The entire street right-of-way shall be excavated and graded in the manner setforth in Section 5.090.

5.0801 Offstreet Grading

Where the land in lots adjoining a street is lower than the gutter level in thestreet, such land shall be filled to a level which will provide for drainage ofstorm water into the gutters, unless an alternative drainage system for lots hasbeen approved. In such filling, care should be taken to preserve existing trees

39

which have permanent value.

5.081 Street Right-of-Way and Pavement Design Standards

Pavements shall be constructed to comply with the following standards:

5.0810 The Width of Street Right-of-way and Pavement

The width of street pavement shall comply with the standards set forth inTable 5.1.

5.0811 Street Maximum Grades, Alignment, and Vertical Visibility

The maximum grade, alignment, and vertical visibility on street pavementsshall comply with the standards set forth in Table 5.2.

5.082 Intersection Standards

All curbs or pavement lines at right angle intersections shall have a minimum radiusof twenty (20) feet except intersections involving arterial and collector streets, forwhich the Caledonia Village Engineer shall specify the radius. At intersectionswhere the angle is other than ninety (90) degrees, the Caledonia Village Engineershall specify the curb radius.

Pavement grades shall not exceed three (3) percent for a distance of one hundred(100) feet from the nearest right-of-way line of the intersection.

5.083 Cul-de-sac Standards

Where a cul-de-sac is permitted, it shall be designed in accordance with the standarddesign shown in Standard Drawing R-9.

5.084 Standards for Angle Turns

Where an angle turn is permitted in the alignment of a minor street, as provided forin Section 4.0311, the pavement design at such turn shall be as follows:

A. At the inside of the angle turn, the curb or pavement edge shall havea minimum radius of twenty (20) feet.

B. At the outside of the angle turn, a paved area (eyebrow or bubble)shall be provided having a minimum radius of thirty-eight (38) feet(see Standard Drawings R-11 thru R-13).

SECTION 5.09 SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET MATERIALS ANDCONSTRUCTION

Construction within the street right-of-way shall be done in accordance with the followingspecifications:

40

TABLE 5.1

CLASS OF STREET MINIMUM WIDTH OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY AND PAVEMENT IN FEET

A B C D

With Curb Without Curb

With CurbRight-of-Way

Without CurbPavement Width (1)

Right-of-Way Pavement Width

Alleys 20 18 20 18

Minor Streets:

Single-Family Lots

All Other Types OfDevelopment

5050 2632 5050 2028

Collector Streets 50 32 50 28

(1) Pavement width dimensions are measured from curb face to curb face.

See Standard Drawings R-4 thru R-8

41

TABLE 5.2

CLASS OF STREET A B C D

PERCENT OFMAXIMUM GRADE (1)

ALIGNMENT VERTICALVISIBILITY IN FEET

(3)MAXIMUM DEGREEOF CURVATURE

MINIMUM RADIUSOF CURVATURE IN

FEET (2)

Alleys 10 100

Minor Streets 6 22 150(4) 240

Collector Streets 6 18 500 240

(1) Minimum allowable street grade is 0.24 percent.

(2) Radius of curvature is measured to centerline of street.

(3) Dimensions for distance of vertical visibility shall be measured from a point 3.5 feet above the street surface on one side (height of eye ofautomobile operator) of the vertical curve to a point six (6) inches above the street surface on the other side (height of object).

(4) In case of a minor street, angle turns may be permitted, as provided for in Section 4.0311. For such turns, the minimum pavement radiusshall be observed as set forth in Section 5.084.

42

5.090 Grading and Preparation of Right-of-Way

All work in the grading and preparation of right-of-way shall be done in accordancewith the State of Ohio, Department of Transportation Construction and MaterialsSpecifications, current edition.

The right-of-way shall be cleared and graded to its full width, whether or notsidewalks are to be constructed.

5.091 Paving

Pavement of any minor or collector street may be of either type given hereunder, andshall comply with the specifications set forth where the subdivider constructs anarterial street, the specifications of the State of Ohio, Department of Transportationshall be complied with.

5.0910 Concrete Street Paving

Concrete pavements shall have a minimum depth of eight (8) inches, all workshall be done in accordance with and all materials shall meet the State ofOhio, Department of Transportation Construction and MaterialsSpecifications, current edition, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, item452, or Reinforced Concrete Pavement, item 451.

5.0911 Bituminous Concrete Surface on Aggregate Base

The minimum pavement depth shall be in accordance with StandardDrawings R-4 thru R-8. All work shall be done in accordance with and allmaterials shall meet the State of Ohio, Department of TransportationConstruction and Materials Specifications, current edition, for: 411 StabilizedCrushed Aggregate Shoulders, 304 Aggregate Base, 301 BituminousAggregate Base, 408 Bituminous Prime Coat and 402, 403, 404, and 412Asphalt Concrete, 203 Subgrade Compaction, and 203 Roadway Excavationand Embankment.

5.0912 Pavement Crown

Pavements shall be sloped at the rate of 3/16 inch per foot from the centerlineto the edge.

5.0913 Pavement Material Testing

All paving materials shall be tested at the developer's or contractor's expense.Samples shall be taken and tested from the material source, or materialproducer, prior to construction. During construction, samples of materialsbeing used shall be taken and tested at every third station of each pavementlane and at such other locations as the governing engineer may request. Alltesting shall be done by an approved testing laboratory and in accordancewith current Ohio Department of Transportation testing practices for materialapproval for highways. Three (3) copies of the laboratory report for eachsample shall be submitted to the governing engineer.

43

5.0914 Curbs

Where curbs are required, they shall be designed and constructed inaccordance with the State of Ohio, Department of TransportationConstruction and Materials Specifications, current edition.

5.0915 Sidewalks

Where required, either in the street right-of-way or in pedestrian walk-ways,sidewalks shall meet the following requirements:

5.09150 Location

When located in the street right-of-way, sidewalks shall be locatedtwelve (12) inches from the front property line.

5.09151 Width

The minimum width of sidewalks in a single-family residentialdistrict shall be four (4) feet. The Caledonia Village Council involvedmay require a greater width under the following conditions ofdevelopment:

A. High density residential, commercial, or industrialdistricts.

B. In front of schools, shopping centers, churches orother developments which generate pedestrian traffic.

5.09152 Materials and Construction

All sidewalks shall be constructed of Portland Cement Concrete andshall be designed and placed in accordance with item 499 of the Stateof Ohio, Department of Transportation Construction and MaterialsSpecifications, current edition (See Street Cross Section in StandardDrawings R-15, R-16, and R-17).

SECTION 5.10 SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRAINAGE FACILITIES:MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

The location, materials, and construction of drainage facilities shall be done in accordancewith the following specifications:

5.100 Underground Systems

Where an underground drainage system is required, as set forth in Sections 5.02240and 5.02241 (A), it shall be done in accordance with the following specifications:

5.1001 Location

The requirements set forth in Section 4.071 shall be observed in the location

44

of underground drainage lines. Pipelines within a street right-of-way shall belocated in accordance with the Caledonia Village Engineer.

5.1002 Pipe

Drainage pipe installation shall meet the following specifications:

A. Minimum pipe size shall be twelve (12) inches. Pipe sizesthroughout the drainage system shall have the total stormrunoff capacity as set forth in Section5.0222 and 5.0223.

B. Using an "n" factor higher than 0.013, will not be approved.

C. Approved Storm Drain Pipe:

Aluminum or Galvanized Steel Annular CorrugatedMetal Pipe

Aluminum or galvanized steel annular corrugated metal pipewith tight joints may be used upon the approval of theCaledonia Village Engineer. The gauge of metal pipe usedshall be determined by the design engineer after properconsideration has been given to loads, cover, and soilconditions. An "n" factor of 0.021 shall be used in allhydraulic calculations where aluminum or galvanized steelannular corrugated metal pipe is proposed.

Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe

See General Notes in Appendix IV, Section One.

D. Trenches for storm sewers shall be excavated and back filledas set forth in the specifications of the Caledonia VillageEngineer.

5.1003 Manholes

A. Manholes, or inlets serving as manholes, shall be spaced at intervalsof 400 feet for pipe 24 inches or less in diameter, and at all grade,alignment, and pipe size changes.

B. Manholes shall be constructed of pre-cast concrete with pre-castconcrete rings and domes. All work and material shall be inaccordance with the Village of Caledonia Construction and MaterialsSpecifications, current edition, and standard construction drawings.

5.1004 Inlets

A. Inlets shall be constructed in accordance with the Village ofCaledonia Construction and Materials Specifications, current edition,and standard construction drawings.

45

B. Inlets shall be designed to accept not less than 1.5 cubic feet of stormwater per second.

C. Inlet time shall be computed by the design engineer. However, theminimum inlet time shall be as follows:

Distance of Travel to Inletin Feet

Inlet TimeIn Minutes

100 12

200 16

300 20

5.101 Surface Drainage Systems

Where a surface drainage system is permitted, as set forth in Section 5.02241 (B), itshall be constructed to comply with the following specifications:

5.1010 Location

Surface drainage swales and ditches shall be located in accordance withstandards set forth in Section 4.0702.

5.1011 Capacity and Design

All drainage swales and ditches shall be so designed and constructed, that theentire system of the subdivision will have the storm water capacity as setforth in Sections 5.0222 and 5.0223. Capacity should be designed by therational method. The "n" factor should be 0.030. The cross section of eachswale shall be in accordance with cross sections submitted with the drainageand street improvement plans.

5.1012 Sub Drains

Where curbs are not required, a sub drain shall be laid on each side of thepavement parallel to the centerline. The Caledonia Village Engineer shallspecify the type of pipe material used. The minimum pipe size shall be 8inches. The minimum drop inlet size shall be 8 inches. A minimum of onedrop inlet shall be located on each lot at the upstream side of each driveway.No building downspouts shall be connected to the sub drain system. Also,Caledonia Village B-1 or B-2 catch basins or manholes shall be installed atall changes in horizontal alignment.

5.1013 Driveway Culverts

Culverts shall be installed under every driveway. N-12 or concrete pipeculvert a minimum length of 30 feet shall be installed. When the cover is inexcess of 24 inches, pipe meeting the specifications for sub drains, Section5.1012, may be used.

46

5.102 Bridges and Culverts

Bridges and culverts shall be designed to accommodate legal highway loads, andshall conform to specifications of the State of Ohio, Department of Transportation.Bridges shall at a minimum be constructed to the full width of the pavement andculverts shall be constructed to the full width of the right-of-way, or to the widthspecified by the official engineer having jurisdiction.

SECTION 5.11 SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER SUPPLY ANDSANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS

5.110 General

All public and community water supply and sanitary systems shall comply with therequirements of the State of Ohio, Environmental Protect Agency, as well as therequirements of Village of Caledonia. In subdivisions where water is to be suppliedby a regulated public water utility, its specifications shall be observed.

5.111 Location of Pipe Lines

As to general location of pipelines, the requirements set forth in Section 4.0710 shallbe observed. Where a pipeline is located within the street right-of-way, it shall belocated with the approval of the Caledonia Village Engineer. For sanitary sewers,lateral connections shall be provided to each lot.

5.112 Design Requirements

The size of pipe, materials, grades and methods of installation shall be in accordancewith specifications of the Caledonia Village Engineer and the USEPA Ten StateStandards, current addition.

See General Notes in Appendix IV, Section One.

SECTION 5.12 IMPROVEMENTS ASSURANCE

The purpose of this Section is to assure that the provisions of Section 1.081 are compliedwith, through advance installation of all required improvements or by provision of adequateassurance therefor. The methods by which the subdivider may provide such assurance areset forth hereunder in Section 5.121.

5.120 Advance Construction

The required improvements may be installed prior to approval of the Final Platprovided that all the requirements of these Regulations are complied with.

5.121 Construction after Approval of Final Plat

In lieu of advance construction as set forth in Section 5.120, the subdivider mayprovide assurance of construction of improvements, as follows:

47

5.1210 Contract

In all cases where improvements are not installed in advance of filing of theFinal Plat, the subdivider shall enter into a contract with the County or themunicipality involved, specifying the method or methods of assurance to beprovided and the terms under which the work will be completed, containingprovisions with respect to the following matters:

5.12100 Responsibility

The subdivider, his heirs, successors or agents shall have the soleobligation to complete the work.

5.12101 Time Limit

Time limit for completion of work shall be no more than two (2)years. At the termination of this period, the Caledonia VillageCouncil shall be authorized by the contract to secure the completionof improvements without cost to Caledonia Village, using thereforsuch part of the security posted as necessary.

5.12102 Release of Bond or Funds

At various times during the course of construction, as agreed upon bythe subdivider and the Village of Caledonia, the amount or value ofthe security post may be reduced by change or withdrawal, providedthat the total remaining amount or value shall be adequate to pay forthe estimated costs of uncompleted improvements, as determined bythe Caledonia Village Engineer.

5.122 Methods of Assurance

Any one or a combination of the types of assurance set forth hereunder shall beexecuted and filed with the Caledonia Village Engineer concurrently with theapplication to the Caledonia Village Planning Commission for approval of the FinalPlat. The amount or value of such assurance shall be equal to the total cost of theimprovements as estimated by the Caledonia Village Engineer.

5.1220 Certified Check

A certified check may be submitted, and in such case it shall be depositedwith the Caledonia Village Clerk.

5.1221 Performance Bond

A performance bond may be submitted in any of the following forms:

A. The guarantee of a responsible surety company.

5.123 This Section Left Intentionally Blank.

5.124 This Section Left Intentionally Blank.

48

CHAPTER 6

DEFINITIONS

6.00 GENERAL

For the purpose of these Regulations, words used in the present tense include the futuretense. All words in the plural number include the singular and vice versa, unless the naturalconstruction of the sentence indicates otherwise. The word "may" is permissive, while "shallis mandatory.

6.01 DEFINITION OF TERMS

The following words and terms, when used in these regulations, shall have the meaningherein indicated.

AlleyA minor right-of-way providing secondary vehicular access to the side or rear of two or moreproperties.

Angle TurnA turn in the direction of alignment of a street, between intersections, which does not comply withthe radius or angle of curvature otherwise required.

Available Utility Line:

A. Available Water or Drainage Line - A water or drainage line shall be deemed tobe available if it is one thousand (1000) feet or less from the nearest point of thesubdivision, measured along a public street, public right-of-way, or dedicatedeasement.

B. Available Sanitary Sewer Line - A sanitary sewer line shall be deemed to beavailable if it is one thousand (1000) feet or less from the nearest point of thesubdivision, measured along a public street, public right-of-way, or dedicatedeasement.

BlockA parcel of land entirely surrounded by public highways, public streets, railroad right-of-way, parks,streams, lakes, or bodies of water, or a combination of these boundaries.

Block LengthThe greatest linear dimension of a block, measured between approximately parallel right-of-waylines at opposite ends of the block. Normally, the length of a block shall be measured between streetintersections. In the case of a block of irregular shape, having one or more right angle or nearly rightangle turns between intersections, the length shall be the distance between an intersection and thenearest right-angle turn, or the distance between two right angle turns.

49

Board of County CommissionersNot applicable

Building Setback LinesThe line within the property defining the required minimum distance between any enclosed structureand the adjacent street right-of-way.

CityA municipality incorporated as a city under Ohio statutes.

CountyMarion County

Community Sewer SystemA complete system of underground sanitary sewer pipes and sewage disposal plant which is notconnected with a municipal or other public sanitary sewer system, constructed by a subdivider ordeveloper to serve a subdivision.

Community Water SystemA complete system comprising a source of water supply, treatment plant (if required) andunderground pipes, not connected with a public water system, constructed by a subdivider ordeveloper to serve a subdivision.

Comprehensive PlanThe long range plan for the Village of Caledonia, as adopted and as amended from time to time bythe Caledonia Village Planning Commission. In the absence of a comprehensive plan applying toa particular subdivision, the requirements of conformance shall not apply.

Comprehensive Plan, ElementsAny part of the Comprehensive Plan for the municipality, officially adopted by the planningcommission, which presents long range plans for the use of land, for any or all methods oftransportation, or for any kind of community facilities, including recreation, schools, public buildingsand utility systems.

Cross WalkA dedicated public right-of-way, not a street, which extends through the width of a block, to providepedestrian access to adjacent areas.

Cul-de-sacA minor street with one end open for public vehicular and pedestrian access and the other endterminating in vehicular turn around.

Dead-End StreetA street having one end open for public vehicular traffic and having no permanent vehicular turnaround at the closed end.

DeveloperAny person, partnership, corporation, or duly authorized agent who constructs or contracts toconstruct improvements on subdivided land. A developer may also be a subdivider as elsewheredefined herein.

50

EasementGrant by a property owner of the use, for a specific purpose or purposes, of a strip of land by thegeneral public, corporation, or to a certain person or persons.

EngineerA person authorized to practice civil engineering in Ohio, by virtue of registration underrequirements of Ohio statutes.

Engineer, CityNot applicable.

Engineer, CountyNot applicable.

Engineer, MunicipalThe official engineer or designated representative of the Village of Caledonia.

Engineer, OfficialThe Caledonia Village Engineer who has jurisdiction in the Village of Caledonia, by virtue of beinghired by the Village of Caledonia.

Engineer, SanitaryNot applicable.

Families per Net AcreThe number of families which occupy or will occupy a given tract of land per acre, derived bydividing the number of families by the acres in the tract involved, exclusive of streets or other publicways.

Flood Area; Flood PlainThat portion of a river or creek valley adjacent to the channel which is covered with water when thestream overflows its banks at flood stage.

ImprovementsThose physical changes in the natural condition of land necessary to produce usable and desirablelots from raw acreage including, but not limited to: grading, paving, curb, gutter, storm sewers anddrains, improvements of existing water courses, sidewalks, cross walks street signs, monuments,water supply facilities, and sewage disposal facilities.

Land Use PlanThe element of a Comprehensive Plan, as defined herein, which establishes the policy of theplanning commission for the best future use of land within its jurisdiction.

LotA tract or parcel of land, fronting on a public street, intended for transfer of ownership, and intendedfor occupancy by a principal building or group of buildings and accessory buildings, or foroccupancy by any other principal use.

Lot AreaThe amount of land contained within the boundary lines of a lot, including land within easementson the lot. However, other right-of-way or tract dedicated for public ownership and use shall beexcluded from the lot area calculation.

51

Lot, CornerA lot abutting upon two (2) or more streets at their intersection or upon two (2) parts of the samestreet, such streets or parts of the same street forming an interior angle of less thanone-hundred-thirty-five (135) degrees. The point of intersection of the street lines is the "Corner".

Lot, DepthThe average horizontal distance between the front and rear property lines of a lot.

Lot, Double FrontageA lot which abuts on streets along both front and rear lot lines.

Lot, FrontageThe portion of a lot adjacent to a public street (or a private street approved by the planningcommission having jurisdiction). See lot width and Section 4.06000.

Lot, InteriorAny lot which is not a corner lot, as defined herein.

Lot Line, FrontThe lot line separating the lot from the right-of-way line of the principal street on which the lot abuts.

Lot Line, RearThe lot line opposite and most distant from the front lot line.

Lot Line, SideAny lot line other than a front- or rear-lot line. A side-lot line of a corner lot separating a lot froma street, is called a side-street lot line. A side-lot line separating a lot from another lot is called andinterior-lot line.

Lot, WidthThe distance, measured along the building setback line, between the two side property lines of a lot.

Neighborhood Plan, AdvanceA plan, prepared by the planning staff and approved by the planning commission, showing, inskeleton form, the most desirable system of streets for an entire residential neighborhood, industrialpark or major shopping center, taking into account the natural drainage pattern and trafficrelationships to thoroughfares and community facilities. In the absence of such a plan applying toa particular subdivision, the planning staff will advise the subdivider on the basis of informationavailable.

Official MapThe map of Marion County or of a municipality in Marion County, showing the streets, highways,parks, and other public areas and sites, adopted and established by law, including additions theretoresulting from legal filing of approved plats.

OwnerAny individual, firm, association, syndicate, co-partnership, corporation, trust or any other legalentity having sufficient proprietary interest in the land sought to be subdivided to commence andmaintain proceedings to subdivide the same under these regulations.

PavementThat portion of the street right-of-way surfaced for vehicular use.

52

Plat, FinalA complete and exact subdivision plan, prepared for official recording as required by statute, todefine property rights and proposed street and other improvements.

Plan, FinalWhen used in the general sense, the term "Final Plan " shall include construction drawings and allother documents set forth in Section 3.022 for submission to the planning commission.

Plan, SketchA plan to scale, usually free hand, showing the subdivider's first stage of design study for asubdivision, as described and required in Section 3.021

Planning CommissionThe Caledonia Village Planning Commission having legal jurisdiction over the review and approvalof a particular subdivision.

Planning StaffThe staff of the Marion County Regional Planning Commission or the staff of Caledonia VillagePlanning Commission. In case there is an agreement therefor, the staff of the Regional PlanningCommission shall be the staff of the municipal planning commission.

PlatThe map showing the Final Plat of a subdivision, officially recorded or approved by the planningcommission for recording.

Potential Urban AreaNot applicable.

Potential Urban Area for WaterNot applicable.

Public AgencyAny agency or public official having jurisdiction over the inspection and approval of improvementsor other aspects of a subdivision, as set forth in the Table 3.0.

Reserved Area; ReservationA parcel of land within a subdivision which is set aside for a specific use, other than residential,commercial or industrial.

Right-of-wayThe land between property lines bordering a street, alley, cross walk or utility line, dedicated topublic ownership or use, not including an easement.

StreetsThe several classes of streets are defined as follows:

Collector StreetA street, as distinguished from an arterial street, located within a subdivision or an existingor potential neighborhood which, in addition to providing access to abutting properties,serves as a "collector" of traffic between minor streets and arterial streets or communityfacilities. It shall be the responsibility of the subdivider to dedicate the entire right-of-wayfor any collector street which traverses his subdivision, as specified in Section, 4.030 and to

53

install improvements thereon as specified in Section 5.081.

Minor StreetA street used primarily to provide access to abutting properties. Minor streets may be furtherclassified as cul-de-sacs (see definition), marginal access (see definition of Arterial Street),loop, or dead-end.

SubdividerAny person, partnership or corporation or duly authorized agent thereof who undertakes thesubdivision of land as defined in Section 1.07. A subdivider may also be a developer, as elsewheredefined herein.

SubdivisionSee definition in Section 1.07.

SurveyorA registered surveyor, authorized to practice surveying in the State of Ohio.

Thoroughfare PlanThe element of a Comprehensive Plan, as defined herein, which shows the long range system ofthoroughfares and highways for the county or for a municipality.

VillageA municipality incorporated as a village under Ohio statutes. In this instance the Village ofCaledonia.

54

APPENDIX

The purpose of this Appendix is to provide information necessary for the efficient administration ofthese Regulations and for the understanding and use of them by subdividers, developers, engineers,surveyors, attorneys and others who may be concerned. Administrative procedures and standards areset forth in a more concise and understandable manner than can be done within the legal frame-workof the Regulations.

The Appendix is not an official part of the Regulations, and need not be adopted in accordance withthe requirements of Section 711 of the Revised Code of Ohio. As the need arises, they may bemodified by motion of the planning commissions participating, provided any such modification shallnot affect the provisions of the Regulations unless the legally required amendment procedure isfollowed.

55

APPENDIX

GENERAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

I Administrative Procedure and Requirements

II Examples of Forms for Certain Statements and SignaturesRequired on the Final Plat Map

III Standard Forms

IV Specifications and Standard Design Drawings

56

I

Administrative Procedures and Requirements

Table A Time Periods and Schedules

Table B Number and Distribution of Sketch Plans, Final Plats, and Improvement Drawings

57

TABLE A

TIME PERIODS AND SCHEDULES AS SET FOURTH IN CHAPTER 3

TIME REQUIREMENTS SKETCH PLAN (1) FINAL PLAT (1)

Required Days before PlanningCommission Meeting:

Submission of Application

Planning Staff Report Due

155 155

Action of Planning Commission (In days after application is submitted)

30 30

Notice of Action to Subdivider(In days after action by planningcommission)

5 5

Last Day for Recording Plat(In days after approval)

360

(1) These time periods apply only when the plans referred to are submitted.

58

TABLE B

NUMBER AND DISTRIBUTION OF SKETCH PLANS, FINAL PLATS, AND IMPROVEMENT DRAWINGS

PUBLIC AGENCIES SKETCH PLAN OR FINAL PLAT IMPROVEMENT DRAWINGS

STREETS AND DRAINAGE WATER AND SANITARY SEWER

Always Involved:

Municipal Planning CommissionMunicipal Engineer (6)School DistrictPark & Recreation OfficePost Office (1)Electric CompanyTelephone CompanyMunicipal Zoning Inspector

TOTAL

Where Involved:

County Health Department (2)State Health Department (3)Ohio EPA Department (5)Gas Company Cable CompanyWater Company (4)

TOTAL

12111111

9

1

111

13

12

3

3

12

3

11

1

6

(1) Post Office receives only Final Plat Map.(2) County Health Department receives plans only when residential developments are proposed for 1-, 2-, or 3-family dwelling units involving individual household waste water treatment facilities and

/ or individual water supplies.(3) State Health Department receives plans only when the following are involved: manufactured home park, public pool, spa. (4) The regulated water utility receives plans only when they will provide service.(5) The Ohio EPA Department receive plans only when a sanitary sewer system is involved.(6) After a major subdivision has been approved by the Caledonia Village Planning Commission, the developer will submit one reproducible final plat map and one reproducible set of as built construction

/ improvement drawings to the Caledonia Village Engineer prior to acceptance of the improvements by the Caledonia Village Council.

59

II

Examples of Forms for Certain Statements,and Signatures Required for Final Plat

A. Certification by Official Engineer

B. Certification by Board of Health

C. Approval by Planning Commission

D. Acceptance by Governing Body

E. Certification of County Recorder

60

A. CERTIFICATION BY OFFICIAL ENGINEER

I hereby state that the required construction drawings for all improvements, prepared by or under thesupervision of a Registered Engineer in the State of Ohio, have been submitted and approved by mein my official capacity; further that all said improvements have been installed, inspected, andapproved by me (or) further that a certified check (or) bond sufficient to assure the installation ofsaid improvements has been provided by the owner.

Date By Engineer

B. CERTIFICATION BY BOARD OF HEALTH (when applicable)

I hereby state that this plat meets the requirements of the Marion County Board of Health.

Date By (Health Officer)

C. APPROVAL BY PLANNING COMMISSION

I hereby state that this plat was approved by the or the Caledonia Village Planning Commission on .

This approval becomes void unless this plat is filed for recording within days after thedate of this approval.

Date Secretary, Caledonia Village Planning Commission

D. APPROVAL BY THE GOVERNING BODY

Dedication of the land shown on this plat for roads, streets, or other public purposes is herebyaccepted as of , 19 .

Date Date Date

To be signed by designated officials of the Village of Caledonia.

61

E. CERTIFICATION BY COUNTY RECORDER

I hereby state that this plat was filed for recording on , and that it was recorded on , in Vol. , Page .

Given under my hand and seal this day of 19 .

Marion County Recorder

62

III

Standard Forms

A. Minor Subdivision Application

B. Major Subdivision Application

C. Excavation Permit

63

FORM A

APPLICATION FOR MINOR LAND DIVISIONS OF LESS THAN FIVE LOTS WITHOUT A PLAT

SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS;This application form completed.Three (3) copies of a Surveyor’s map of the lot, drawn to scale, showing location of the property, giving accurate dimensions, andshowing the location of roads, drainage tile lines, and other information as may be necessary.One (1) copy of the legal description preferably a copy of the face of the deed, of each lot transferred, including any easements thatapply.Thirty ($30.00) dollar fee for each new lot.

Date filed ________________________________

OWNERSHIP INFORMATION:Name of Grantor________________________________________________________Phone________________________________

Address____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name of Grantee_____________________________________________________Phone______________________________

Address________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name of LegalRepresentative__________________________________________________________________________________________

Office Address_______________________________________________________Phone______________________________

LOCATION OF PARCEL:Township_________________________________Within Marion City Yes_____No_____

Section________________________Within three miles of Marion City Yes_____No_____

Street/Road________________________________U.S. or State Route Yes_____No_____

(If the road is a U. S. Or State Road, buildings must be set back 75 feet from the right-of-way, unless a local zoning ordinance requiresmore or less)

SIZE AND ZONING OF NEW LOT:Width____________________Depth__________________Area(Ac.)____________________Zoning_________________________

UTILITIES AVAILABLE:Public Water Yes_____No_____Private (Specify)_____________________________________________________________

Public Sewer Yes_____No_____Private (Specify)_____________________________________________________________

STRUCTURE:Existing structure on property Yes_____No_____Type_______________________________________________________

Structure proposed Yes_____No_____Type______________________________________________________(NOTE: Where public water and sewer are not available, land divisions for three or more family dwellings are prohibited.)

Elevation of Building site above road ________________________feet.

SIGNATURE:I declare that I have examined this completed application including accompanying surveys, deeds and forms and to the best of myknowledge and belief it is a true, correct, and complete representation of my plans. I also understand that by signing this application,I a responsible for notifying any builders or subsequent owners of the conditions set forth on this application.

Signature of grantor, grantee or representative_____________________________Date_____________________

Witnessed by__________________________________Date_________________________________________

RECORD OF ACTION (For Staff Use) Denied Approved-County Sanitarian -Planning Staff ______ ________-Caledonia Village Planning Commission ______

Fee Paid Yes No

64

FORM B

CALEDONIA VILLAGE MAJOR SUBDIVISION APPLICATION

General Information Date Filed

Type of Application: Sketch Plan Final Plat

Name of Subdivision: Location: Section Town Range

Within Village of: Within Township of: Annexation contemplated/required? Yes No If “Yes” to which municipality

Sponsors of the Subdivision:

Name of Owner:

Address: Telephone

Name of Developer :

Address: Telephone

Name of Surveyor :

Address: Telephone

Name of Engineer : Address: Telephone

Subdivision DataType of Development: Residential

Commercial Industrial

Total Area, in Acres:

Residential Streets Commercial Other rights-of-way Industrial Public Sites

Major Subdivision ApplicationPage 2

Residential Lots: Number

65

Square Feet, Average , Minimum Typical Width and Depth:

Linear Feet in New Streets: , in other rights-of-way

Utility Facilities Proposed:

Water Supply: Public Community Wells

Sanitary Sewer System Public Community

Underground Drainage System? Yes No If “Yes” how many linear feet

Zoning:

Present Zoning:

Proposed changes or variances? Yes No

If “Yes” explain:

Zoning Classification Change:

Building setback variance:

Other:

Construction Planned on lots prior to sale? Yes No

If “Yes” explain:

Residences: Number:

One Family Two Family Other

Stories Rooms

Final Plat Only

Indicate any change in the plan, use of land, or type of construction made by you since approvalof the sketch plan.

Major Subdivision ApplicationPage 3

Signed (Owner,Developer, or Engineer)

66

Received by: (Planning Staff)

Planning Agency:

Date:

67

FORM C

CALEDONIA VILLAGE PERMIT APPLICATION

68

IV

Specifications and Standard Design Drawings

1. Section One - General Notes

2. Section Two - Technical Specifications

3. Section Three - Roadway Standard Design Drawings

4. Section Four - Storm Drainage Standard Design Drawings

5. Section Five - Sanitary Sewer Standard Design Drawing

70

SECTION ONE

GENERAL NOTES

Excavation permit required: A Village of Caledonia excavation permit is required for all excavationswithin the public right-of-way, as set forth by Caledonia Ordnance No. 1044 dated 8-7-96

SCOPE OF WORKThis work shall consist of any necessary excavation, and pavement replacement in accordance withthe details shown herein. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of the currentVillage of Caledonia Construction and Material Specifications or State of Ohio Department ofTransportation Construction and Material Specifications current addition. Procedures used for the pavement removal and replacement shall not cause spalling or cracking ofadjacent pavement.

When the pavement has been removed and the contractor is unable to complete the requiredreplacement in time for it to be opened to traffic as indicated on the permit, the excavation shall befilled with a patch material with a durable surface or plated. The contractor will be required tomaintain these patches while they are in service. The cost of placing, maintaining, removing, anddisposing of the temporary patches or plates will be at the contractor's expense.

When Controlled Density Fill (CDF) is used as a backfill, no pavement shall be placed until bleedwater has been evaporated from the CDF surface or has been drained or removed from the surface.

The backfilling, pavement repair, and/or the heat welding shall be done by the contractor orpermittee in accordance with Village Specifications.

Roof drains, foundation drains and other clean water connections to the sanitary sewer system areprohibited.

Pipe material for sanitary sewer shall be:

A. Polyvinyl chloride gravity sewer pipe ASTM D-3034, SDR-35.

Sanitary service sewers shall be 6" unless otherwise shown on the drawings.

A. Polyvinyl chloride gravity sewer pipe ASTM D-3034, SDR-35.

Pipe material for storm drains shall be:

A. Plain concrete pipe, ASTM C-14, Class 3, standard joint.

B. Polyvinyl chloride pipe ASTM D-3034, SDR-35.

C. Polyethylene smooth wall pipe, ASTM-3350.

71

SECTION TWO

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CLEARING

ITEM 100

PART 1 - DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 01)

A. Scope: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to performall clearing, grubbing, scalping, and removal of trees and stumps as shown andspecified.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:1. Item 110 Removal of Trees and Stumps.2. Item 120 Earth Excavation and Backfill.

C. Coordination:

1. Work under this section shall meet the requirements of Item 201 of The Stateof Ohio Department of Transportation Construction and MaterialSpecifications.

2. Wherever requirements conflict, this section shall govern.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 02) Codes and Standards: Observe state and local laws and coderequirements for the hauling and disposing of trees, shrubs, stumps, roots, rubbish, debris and othermatter.

JOB CONDITIONS: (Sec. 03)

A. Protection:

1. Protect streets, roads, adjacent property and other works and structuresthroughout the entire project.

2. Return to original condition, satisfactory to the Representative damagedfacilities caused by the Contractors operations.

3. Protect trees, shrubs and grassed areas which are to remain by using fences,barricades, wrapping or other methods as shown, specified or reviewed by theRepresentative.

4. Do not permit equipment, stockpiles, etc.within tree branch spread, except as

72

indicated on the plans.

5. Do not remove trees unless shown or specified.

B. Salvage:

1. Unless specified elsewhere carefully remove items to be salvaged and storedon premises in a location acceptable to the Representative, all in accordancewith recommendations of specialists recognized in the work involved.

GUARANTEE: (Sec. 04)

A. Guarantee that work performed under this Section will not permanently damage trees,shrubs, turf or plants designated to remain, or other adjacent work or facilities.

B. Replace damaged items due to the Contractor’s operation which appear within one(1) year after completion of the project, at no expense to the City.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Part 2 Omitted This Section)

PART 3 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING

A. Limits of Clearing

1. All areas within the Contract limit lines except as otherwise shown.

2. Repair any areas outside the Contract limit lines where damage is caused bythe Contractor’s operations.

B. Scalping

1. Scalp areas where excavation or embankment is to be made.

2. Include the removal of material such as brush, roots, sod, grass, residue ofagricultural crops, sawdust and decayed vegetable matter from the surface ofthe ground.

3. Depth is not intended to include topsoil.

C. Final Disposal

1. Remove from the site and satisfactorily dispose of all trees, shrubs stumps,roots, brush, masonry, rubbish, scrap, debris, pavement, curbs, fences andmiscellaneous other structures not covered under other Sections as shown,specified or otherwise required to permit construction of the new work.

73

D. Burning not allowed on job site.

E. Trimming Trees and Shrubs

1. Trim all necessary trees and shrubs to avoid removal or damage.

2. Treat and repair all trimmed or damaged trees using persons with experiencein this specialty and who are acceptable to the Representative.

3. Replace all trees and shrubs that are damaged beyond repair or removed butwere originally intended to remain.

F. Pollution – Control Air Pollution caused by dust and dirt and comply with governingregulations.

TOPSOIL REMOVAL: (Sec. 05)

A. Description of Topsoil

1. Friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less than 4 inches,substantially free of subsoil, clay, lumps, stones, and other objects over 2inches in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other objectionablematerial.

B. Stripping Operation

1. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping.

2. Strip topsoil which is satisfactory to whatever depths are encountered, and insuch manner as to prevent intermingling with the underlying subsoil or otherobjectionable material.

3. Where trees are shown or directed to be left standing, stop topsoil strippinga sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to the main rootsystem.

C. Storage

1. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas shown, or where otherwiseindicated by the Representative.

2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water.

3. Cover storage piles if required to prevent windblown dust.

4. Topsoil in excess of quantity required is to remain the property of the Owner.

74

MEASUREMENT: (Sec.O6) Unit price payment for the work performed in this Item shall be LumpSum.

REMOVAL OF TREE AND/OR STUMPS

ITEM 110

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Remove trees and/or stumps as indicated on the Drawings anddispose of all debris.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in this Item (as applicable):

Earth Excavation/Backfill Item 120

Furnished/paid for in respective item (as applicable):

Granular Backfill Item 165

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Remove trees and stumps eight inches and over in diameter under thevarious classifications as follows:

8” to 12’.in diameter Item 110AOver.12” to 24” in diameter Item 110BOver 24” in diameter Item 110C

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec, 04) Included with Clearing.

PART 2-PRODUCTS

Not required

PART 3 – EXECUTION

REMOVAL: (Sec. 05) Remove trees and stumps from the site in their entirety. Dispose of all debrisoff the site of the work.

Blasting of stumps will not be permitted except with special permission of the Owner and theResident Representative, and then only under such regulations as they may prescribe. Thispermission does not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for his operations.

Completely fill any hole that is left open as called for under backfilling in Item 120, EarthExcavation and Backfill, or as directed by the Resident Representative. Should the use of gravelbackfill be directed, it shall meet the requirements of Item 165, Granular Backfill.

75

SOIL EROSION/SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

ITEM 116

PART 1-GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to implementsoil erosion and sedimentation controls at the construction site as indicated on the Drawings andspecified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in this Item:

Topsoil (temporary) Item 205Seeding (temporary) Item 210

Furnished/paid for in respective Item: (as applicable)

Clearing and Grubbing Item 100Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Calcium Chloride Item 170Trench Topping Item 175Topsoil Item 205Seeding Item 210

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner an erosion controlplan which outlines the procedures he proposes to perform for erosion and sedimentation control.

Soil erosion and sedimentation control measures shall be implemented prior to commencement ofearth moving activities. The plan shall be strictly adhered to, and the Contractor shall maintain, ingood condition, all erosion and sediment control measures until permanent soil cover has beenestablished, at which time they are to be removed as authorized by the Engineer.

Details of typical erosion control measures are indicated on the Detail Drawings.

REFERENCES: (Sec. 04) ODOT – Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and MaterialSpecifications.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 05) Erosion Control Plan.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 06) Lump sum payment will be made.

WARRANTY: (Sec. 07) See General Conditions.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 08)

76

Silt Barrier: Bales- hay, straw, See Drawings.

Rock Barrier: ODOT Item 601, Type C.without filter.

Seed/Mulch: ODOT Item 659.

Filter Fabric: ODOT 712. 09, Type C, (Class 3).


PREPARATION: (Sec. 09) Since each construction site is different, soil erosion and sedimentationcontrol is site specific. The Contractor shall regard the specifications and regulations noted herein,as a minimum standard. This shall be adjusted to the specific site as a result of field investigations.During the course of construction, adjustments may be made if necessary to adapt to changingconditions, complaints, advice from regulatory agencies, or directions from the Engineer.

INSTALLATION/APPLICATION: (Sec. 10)

Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control: If work on this project is suspended for any reason, theContractor shall maintain the soil erosion and sedimentation control facilities in good conditionduring the suspension of work. Also, when seasonal conditions permit and the suspension of workis expected to exceed a period of one month, the Contractor shall place topsoil, fine grade, seed,fertilize and mulch all disturbed areas left exposed when work is stopped, as specified herein.

The Contractor shall construct filter barriers as required or as directed by the Engineer to preventsediment carrying runoff from entering any drainage channel, storm water conveyance facility ornatural waterway. Filter barriers shall be constructed of straw bales, rock or geotextile filter fabricas Indicated on the Drawings.

The Contractor shall instruct all vehicles to remove soil and loose material from their wheels andundercarriages when leaving the work area The Contractor shall remove all soil, miscellaneousdebris, or other material spilled, dumped, or otherwise deposited on public streets, highways,sidewalks or other public thoroughfares by vehicles in transit to public streets, highways, sidewalksor other public thoroughfares by vehicles in transit to and from the work area.

Construction in Street Areas (paved): The Contractor shall backfill all trenches and place aminimum 4-inch thick layer of compacted crushed stone on all trenches at the end of each workday.

All excess excavated material shall be removed from the street area and stockpiled or disposed ofas approved by the Engineer. Stockpiling of excavated material in street gutter lines will not bepermitted.

The Contractor shall sweep street areas adjacent to construction at the end of each workday.

Construction in Vegetated Areas: The Contractor shall backfill and rough grade all trenches at theend of each workday and dispose of or stockpile all excess excavated materials as approved by the

77

Engineer.

Within five days after a manhole to manhole section of pipe has been completed, the Contractor shallplace topsoil, fine grade, seed, fertilize, and mulch all areas disturbed by activities associated withthe construction of that section of pipe.

When working adjacent to a waterway, the Contractor shall maintain a buffer zone of undisturbedvegetation between the work area and the waterway. If a buffer zone cannot be maintained or isinadequate, the Contractor shall install filter barriers to prevent runoff carrying sediment fromentering the waterway.

Fine Grading and Seeding: The Contractor shall place topsoil, to a minimum depth of 4 inches, onthose areas which have been disturbed by work in this Contract. The topsoil shall be raked andtrimmed to true lines, free from unsightly variations, humps, or ridges. Seed, fertilize and mulch.

Stream Crossing: The Contractor shall place a siltation barrier along the stream banks from worklimit to work limit. This barrier shall be of Hay Bales or Plastic Filter Fabric, approved with theContractors erosion control plan. The Contractor shall be responsible for the control of siItation anderosion. The Contractor shall not disturb or uproot trees or vegetation outside the work limits asshown on the drawings. Siltation water shall not be allowed to enter the stream at anytime. The areaof the stream crossings shall be graded and generally restored immediately after the crossing iscomplete.

If Contractor proposes to employ other construction methods, his construction method of soil erosionand sedimentation control shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval.

Maintenance: Silt fences and filter barriers shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall andat least daily during prolonged rainfall. Any required repairs shall be made immediately.

Should the fabric on a silt fence or filter barrier decompose or become ineffective prior to the endof the expected usable life and the barrier is still necessary, the fabric shall be replaced promptly.

Sediment deposits should be removed after each storm event. They must be removed when depositsreach approximately one-half the height of the barrier.

Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the silt fence or filter barrier is no longer requiredshall be dressed to conform with the existing grade, prepared and seeded.

78

EARTH EXCAVATION/BACKFILL

ITEM 120

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Perform all earth excavations, backfill and related work for pipelines, manholes and/or structures as indicated on the Drawings and specified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in respective Item: (as applicable)

Removal Trees/Stumps (over 8” Diameter) Item 110

Rock Excavation Backfill Item 125

Foundation Cushion Item 160

Granular Backfill Item 165

Bulk Concrete Item 505

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) All materials encountered below the ground surface, natural and/ormanmade, including removal and disposal of pavement and sidewalk, except Rock Excavation andBackfill, Item 125, are included in this Item.

Pipe line – Clear construction area of topsoil, brush, shrubs, stumps and trees less than eight inchesin diameter.

Structures – Clear construction area of topsoil, brush, shrubs, stumps, trees and debris, unlessincluded for payment elsewhere.

Excavate, by open cut method, and backfill as required for the proper construction/installation of theproposed work.

REFERENCES: (Sec. 04)

ASTM D698 - Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil – Aggregate Mixtures

D1556 - Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method

D4253, D4254 - Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils

SUBMITTAL: (Sec. 05) Three copies of compaction testing records, if compaction testing specified.

79

SITE-CONDITIONS: (Sec. 06) Elevations of existing ground are believed to be reasonably accuratebut are not purported to be absolutely so. Contractor shall satisfy self if more accurate informationdesired.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 07) Lump Sum.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 0.8) Excavated earthen materials, when specifically directed to be used, shallbe clean and free of foreign and organic material and contain no rocks larger than three inches.

Borrow – Item 150

Foundation Cushion – Item 160

Granular Backfill – Item 165

Bulk Concrete – Item 505


INSPECTION: (Sec. 09) Inspect site and determine conditions that may effect the proper executionof the work.

Soil data in the Specifications or indicated on the Drawings, if any, may be supplemented with owninvestigation to determine soil conditions that will be encountered.

INSTALLATION/APPLICATION: (Sec. 10)

Pipe line Evacuation/Backfill

Limit length of trench opened at any one time to that length required for efficient construction andpublic convenience. No more than 50 feet of trench shall be opened in advance of the completedwork. Do not open new trenches when completed trenches need backfilling or labor is required torestore driving or walking surfaces to a safe condition.

If safety cages are used, the bottom of the safety cage shall at all times be above the top of the pipein order not to disturb the pipe bedding or pipe line when the cage is moved forward.

Excavation limits shall not exceed those indicated on the Drawings, except as noted herein.

Additional authorized foundation material, Foundation Cushion or Bulk Concrete, required to fillover-excavated areas shall be paid for in the applicable item stipulated in the proposal, if unit priceContract.

Additional Authorized Excavation: If materials encountered at bearing depth are not suitable for

80

support, or it is necessary to increase the excavation limits, additional excavation outside the originalexcavation limits may be authorized by the Resident Representative and paid for in Item 120.

Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation carried outside the authorized excavation limits, and allexcavation or other work resulting from slides, cave-ins, swells or upheaval, which is made withoutauthorization of the Resident Representative, shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Unauthorizedexcavations shall be refilled with compacted Foundation Cushion or Bulk Concrete if directed bythe Resident Representative, at no cost to the Owner.

Storage of Excavated Materials: If conditions permit, excavated material may be stored along theline of work. If streets and roads where traffic conditions make it necessary to keep open as muchof the roadway as possible, immediate backfill of the excavation shall be required after pipe lineconstruction, with no storage of excavated material along the line of work permitted. Do not obstructwalkways, driveways, emergency equipment or utility controls with stored material. Maintain naturaland man-made drainage free of obstruction or provide adequate temporary drainage.

Temporary Backfill: If the excavation is left open for an unreasonable length of time, as determinedby the Owner, Contractor shall refill such excavation and place temporary paving in walkways androadways at his own expense. Temporary backfill and paving shall remain in place until constructionis ready to proceed.

Backfilling: Backfill trenches below pavements, drives, curbs, gutters, walks and berms, or asdirected by Resident Representative, as specified and paid for in Item 165, Granular Backfill, if unitprice Contract.

If stated on drawings, in Special Provisions, or ordered by the Owner, suitable excavated earthenmaterials may be saved as backfill in lieu of Granular Backfill at no additional cost.

Jetting of trenches containing Granular Backfill is permittee in lieu of mechanical compaction.

Jetting of Trenches shall be completed as soon as practical after backfilling. An injection pipe underwater pressure shall be injected into backfill to within one foot of pipe bedding, or structure footing,and maintained until backfill refuses water. Injection pipe to be then moved to the next location.Maximum spaces between jetting penetration shall be four foot staggered centers. Holes left byremoving injection pipe shall be flushed full with granular material.

Mechanical compaction or jetting of backfill outside the limits of pavements, berms, curb/guttersand walks is not required, unless indicated on Drawings, except as follows:

Within the Right-of-Way limits of state and/or federal highways, compact to 90 percent ofmaximum dry density.

Earth backfill shall be temporarily mounded over the trench to allow for settlement. Contractor shallmaintain trenches and backfill to provide natural or man made drainage free of obstructions. Pondingof water shall not be permitted. Adequate temporary drainage shall be provided by the Contractor.Prior to final grading and seeding, all excess materials over trenches shall be removed and the workareas restored to original contours, or as indicated on the Drawings.

81

Earth backfill material shall be furnished and placed at no additional cost.

Structure Excavation and Backfill

Excavation: Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, place foundation of structure directly onundisturbed soil; final trimming of the bottom of the excavation shall be done just prior to placingforms and/or reinforcing steel. Excavation dimensions shall be no greater than necessary for buildingthe structure, supporting the walls of the excavation and accommodating the necessary dewateringequipment.

Excavation Limits: Dimensions shall not exceed those indicated on the Drawings, except as notedherein.

Additional Authorized Excavation: If the materials encountered at bearing depth are not suitable forsupport, additional excavation may be authorized by the Resident Representative. Additionalauthorized concrete, foundation materials, and excavation outside the excavation limits shall be paidfor in the applicable Item stipulated in the proposal. If lump sum contract, price for additional workshall be determined prior to performing such work.

Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation carried outside the excavation limits indicated on theDrawings, and all excavation or other work resulting from slides, cave-ins, swelling or upheaval,which is made without authorization of the Resident Representative, shall be made at theContractor’s expense. Unauthorized excavation shall be refilled with Foundation Cushion or BulkConcrete if directed by the Resident Representative, at no cost to the Owner.

Storage for Excavated Materials: Store excavated material suitable for use as backfill material or sitefill in a stockpile, the location of which will not place dangerous loadings on the walls of theexcavation. Do not obstruct walkways, driveways, roadways, emergency equipment or utilitycontrols with stored material. Maintain natural and man- made drainage free of obstruction orprovide adequate temporary drainage at no additional cost to Owner.

Backfilling: Backfill shall be earth from the excavated stockpile unless otherwise noted on theDrawings. Backfill shall be free of topsoil, foreign and organic material, rocks larger than threeinches in any dimensions, and frozen material.

Do not begin backfilling operation until the structure has attained adequate strength and is completeenough to resist without damage the stresses caused by backfilling. It is the Contractor’sresponsibility to determine the proper time to begin the backfilling operation and to properly bracethe structure to prevent damage.

Place backfill and compact as specified under Backfilling, Page 120-3.

ADDITIONAL WORK REQUIRED: (Sec. 11) Perform the following work as required duringperformance of this Item for both pipe line and structure excavation.

Pavement Removal: Whenever the removal of pavements other than gravel or surface treated typesis required, outline the area to be removed with vertical saw kerfs in straight lines to limit breakage.

82

Excavation and Disposition of Surface Materials: Carefully remove pavement, walkways, topsoiland other surface material, separate and store for future re-use. Any damaged or deficient material,due to Contractor’s operations, shall be replaced with new material by the Contractor at no cost tothe Owner. Dispose of damaged material off the site. No extra compensation will be allowed for theremoval and storage of materials which are to be re-used.

Disposal of Excess Excavated Material: Incorporate suitable excess excavated material as much aspossible in grading where directed by the Resident Representative. Haul any excess materials fromexcavations, not required in, nor suitable for backfill or repaving, to such locations as the Owner mayselect, provided such haul does not exceed five miles over an approved route. If the Owner does notdesignate where such surplus materials are to be disposed of, they become the property of theContractor and he shall dispose of them off the site at his own expense.

The surfaces of all spoil areas shall be left smooth, level, or evenly sloped for proper drainage, andfree from stones, rubbish or other debris.

Sheeting and Shoring: It is the Contractor’s responsibility to furnish, install and maintain woodsheeting, steel sheet piling, shoring, planking and bracing, whether or not indicated on the Drawings,to prevent earth movement which could damage the construction, adjacent structures and/or property,obstruct surface drainage channels or waterways, or otherwise impair or delay the work or endangerhuman life. Remove the sheeting, shoring and bracing during the backfilling unless otherwise notedon the Drawings or directed in writing, by the Resident Representative. For unit price proposalswhen indicated in the Drawings or directed in writing, by the Resident Representative, woodsheeting or steel sheet piling shall be left in place. Payment for such sheeting or piling shall be madeunder the respective Item. Sheeting, shoring and bracing left in place by the Contractor for his ownconvenience will be at his expense. All sheeting or piling left in place shall be cut off at least twofeet below final finish grade.

Wood sheeting and steel sheet piling to be removed shall not be withdrawn until the backfilling issubstantially complete. As backfilling progresses to the elevation of bracing, remove the braces.Take care to prevent movement of the walls of the excavation during withdrawal of sheeting andpiling. Immediately fill voids left by sheeting or piling withdrawal by hydraulic flushing of granularmaterial into the voids.

Removal of Water: Water will not be permitted to enter or flow through a pipe line or conduit duringinstallation without written permission of Resident Representative or Owner. Watertight plugs shallbe installed at effluent ends of all sanitary sewer lines. Plugs to be removed by Contractor after finaltesting and acceptance by Owner.

The method of water removal including site dewatering is the Contractor’s choice, but the methodchosen shall operate adequately to maintain groundwater table one foot below a structure’s lowestsubgrade or invert of pipe. The method chosen shall provide for the disposal of all water removedfrom the excavations in a manner which prevents injury or health impairment to the public, damageto public or private property or any portion of the construction completed or in progress. Publicinconvenience shall be minimized.

Protection of Existing facilities: Provide temporary support and adequate protection and maintenance

83

of all existing underground and surface structures, pipe lines and utilities encountered duringexcavation as provided in the General Conditions. Restore all disturbed underground and surfacestructures, pipe lines and utilities to the original condition. Maintain the flow of water or sewage inexisting pipes, ditches and channels which are encountered during construction.

Borrow: Additional material used for backfill, grading and embankment which is obtained fromwithin the site shall not be classified as Borrow. For unit price proposals, additional materialobtained off the site shall be specified and paid for in Item 150, Borrow.

Traffic Maintenance: Place and maintain temporary pavement surface over excavations made inroadways and driveways in a manner which will eliminate hazards. Provide the Owner and ResidentRepresentative with the name, address and telephone number of the emergency maintenance service.Provide emergency maintenance services 24 hours per day, including weekends and holidays. If theemergency maintenance service cannot be contacted or if repairs are not promptly made, the Ownershall notify the Contractor and will make the necessary repairs at the Contractor’s expense. TrenchTopping and/or Calcium Chloride, if required, shall be as specified and paid for in their respectiveItems.

Tunneling: Tunneling in lieu of open cutting for pipe line trenches will be permitted under trees andutility lines for a length not to exceed fifteen feet. If tunneling is substituted for open cut under thisItem, measurement shall be made as specified for open cut method.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: (Sec. 12) If specifically called for in Special Provisions, standardcompaction tests, performed in accordance with chart below, shall be made by a qualified soilstechnician to assure that the backfill is property compacted. Copies of all test records shall be givento the Resident Representative.

Earth backfill under pavements, drives, curbs, beams and walks shall be compacted in eight inchlayers to not less than the percent of maximum dry density indicated in the following table.

Max. Lab. Dry

Wt. Pounds per

Cu.Ft.

**Up to a level of one

foot below the bottom

of the pavement

**Top one foot of

below bottom of

pavement

*90.0-102.9 102 Unsuitable

103-109.9 100 102

110-119.9 98 100

120 and more 96 98

*Materials weighing less than 90 lbs./cu. ft. are unsuitable.

**Moisture content shall be maintained within a range of plus or minus three percent of optimum.

84

Moisture-density relations shall be as specified in ASTM Designation D698.

Compaction testing shall be as specified for density of soils in place by sand cone method, ASTMDesignation D1556, or an approved equal method.

85

FOUNDATION CUSHION

ITEM 160

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and place Foundation Cushion material as indicated on theDrawings and specified.


Earth Evacuation and Backfill Item 120

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Place Foundation Cushion material in locations indicated on theDrawings or directed by the Resident Representative. Foundation Cushion may also be used, withthe permission of the Resident Representative, to level up firm topsoil before placing concretefoundations, or as fill below portions of the structure which have been undermined by excavation.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 04) Materials shall be new.

REFERENCES: (Sec. 05)ODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material Specifications

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Delivery weight slips to Resident Representative.


WARRANTY: (Sec. 08) See General Conditions

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 09) Crushed gravel or crushed limestone, meeting gradation requirements ofODOT Item 304.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 10) Place Foundation Cushion in loose layers not exceeding eight inches.Compact with mechanical equipment in accordance with ODOT Item 304.

86

GRANULAR BACKFILL

ITEM 165

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and place Granular Backfill as indicated on the Drawingsand specified.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120

Furnished/paid for in respective Item:

Rock Excavation and Backfill Item 125

Pavement Replacement Item 300

Pipe bedding material will not be considered as granular backfill.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Granular Backfill material shall be used as Backfill in trenches underpavements, berms, curbs, gutters and sidewalks, areas where rock has been excavated, and otherareas as may be specifically indicated or as otherwise directed by the Resident Representative.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 04) Material shall be sound, hard, free of deleterious materials,having a reasonably uniform moisture content at or near optimum for compaction.

Samples may be requested to determine acceptability.


AASHTO - American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials

ODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and MaterialsSpecifications

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) None Required.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 08) Sand or bank run gravel, sound, hard, free from loam, clay, organic matteror other injurious impurities, (Grading A), as specified in ODOT Item 310.

87


INSTALLATION: (Sec.9) Place granular backfill in lose layers not exceeding eight inches. Compactto 95% of maximum density under optimum moisture content as determined by AASHTO T99.Jetting may be performed with the permission of the Resident Representative.

Where granular Backfill is required, the entire excavation from the top of the bedding to the bottomof pavement shall be backfilled with granular material. In areas of rock excavation not underpavement, place granular backfill from top of bedding to top of rock. All such backfill required tofill the excavation shall be furnished and placed by the Contractor, but only the material within thepay limits as indicated on the Drawings and described herein for unit price proposals shall bemeasured for payment.

All excavated materials from trenches in the above locations, and materials which are unsuitable forbackfill, shall be disposed of as provided for in Item 120, Earth Excavation and Backfill.

88

CALCIUM CHLORIDE

ITEM 170

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and apply calcium chloride as indicated on the Drawings andspecified.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 02) Apply calcium chloride to the surface of the backfilled trenches or trenchtopping as directed by the Owner or the Resident Representative.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 03) Material shall be new.


ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 05) None required.

UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL: (Sec. 06) For unit price proposal, payment shall be per ton.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 08) Calcium chloride shall meet the requirements of ASTM D-98.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 09) Apply calcium chloride at the rate of one pound per square yard withan approved type spreader on the larger trenches. Hand spreading may be used when the width ofcut pavement is less than the width of the spreader, or the trench is short.

Do not apply calcium chloride to areas to be seeded.

Calcium chloride used outside the pay limits as indicated on the Drawings, shall be furnished andplaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.

89

TRENCH TOPPING

ITEM 175

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish, properly place, roll and maintain the trench topping asshown on the Drawings or as directed.

MATERIALS: (Sec. 02) The crushed stone or crushed slag to be used as trench topping shall becrusher run material having a maximum size of two inches. It is intended that trench topping underthis Item shall be used only where directed by the Resident Representative when required by trafficconditions.

PLACEMENT: (Sec. 03) Furnish and place the trench topping over the full width of the excavatedspace to a depth of eight inches with crushed stone or crushed slag conforming to the abovespecifications. Roll or tamp the crushed stone or crushed slag so that the finished surface of thetrench topping will conform to adjacent surfaces. Treat the finished surface of the trench toppingwith calcium chloride, Item 170, if required to control dust. Repeat this treatment at subsequentperiods as directed by the Resident Representative. Promptly refill any settlement or irregularitieswhich occur in the trench topping with stone or slag and maintain until permanently resurfaced.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 04) The number of tons of trench topping to be paid for shall be thenumber of tons actually used in accordance with these Specifications, within the pay limits forpavement, as shown on the Drawings. Whenever trench topping is required, the entire width ofdisturbed pavement shall be filled with trench topping for a depth of eight inches. All such trenchtopping outside the pay limits for paving shall be furnished and placed by the Contractor at noexpense to the Owner. Whenever all the trench topping delivered is placed within the pay limits,certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Resident Representative at the end of each day.Whenever part of the delivered is placed outside the pay limits as defined above, the actual volumeof trench topping placed within the specified pay limits shall be determined to determine the numberof tons so placed, the actual weight of a cubic yard of dry material shall be measured by ascertainingthe volume and weight in a truck body; if that, or some similar method cannot be used, then a cubicyard of crushed stone shall be assumed to weigh 2,700 pounds and a cubic yard of crushed slag shallbe assumed to weigh 2,000 pounds.

90

TOPSOIL

ITEM 205

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Reclaim and/or procure, haul and place topsoil over the areaswherever required for the proper completion of the work.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in respective Item (as applicable)

Seeding Item 210

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) In general, the areas requiring topsoil for sewers, storm drains and waterline construction shall be calculated within the pay limits of the trench, and the construction areaaround lift and booster pump stations. Plant construction shall require topsoil over the constructionarea and where fill has been added.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 04) Included in Item 210.

PART 2 – PROOUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 05) The material shall consist of loose, friable, loamy topsoil without admixtureof subsoil or refuse. For topsoil to be considered loamy, that fraction passing the Number 10 sieveshall contain not more than 40 percent clay.

Acceptable topsoil shall contain not less than five percent nor more than 20 percent organic matteras determined by loss on ignition of the samples oven dried to constant weight at 212 degreesFahrenheit.

Use such suitable topsoil as may be encountered in the excavations, and which is stockpiled for thepurpose. In case suitable topsoil is not available in sufficient quantity from excavations, obtaintopsoil from such other areas of the site as shall be designated, or if none is designated, obtainelsewhere. The reclaiming, hauling, and procurement, if necessary, shall be included in this Item.


PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE: (Sec. 06) Immediately prior to the placing of topsoil, completethe subgrade within the area to be covered with topsoil and bring the subgrade to the lines parallelto the proposed finished grade. Clear the subgrade of rock or other foreign material three inches orgreater in any diameter. Rake or scarify the surface of the subgrade to a minimum depth of one inch.

PLACING: (Sec. 07) Place topsoil six inches in thickness before compaction unless indicatedotherwise on the Drawing or in the proposal. Rake the area remove all lumps and stones threeinches and over and roll with a light roller to secure smoothness to the lines and grades indicated onthe Drawings.

Repair any settling or erosion which may occur before the completion of the Contract in a

91

satisfactory manner.

Restore areas outside of the permanent rights-of-way and where the natural surface has beendisturbed for the convenience of the Contractor to its original condition and if topsoil is required,it shall be done at the Contractor’s expense.

92

SEEDING

ITEM 210

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Prepare the ground surface and seed areas disturbed by theconstruction, including areas that may be noted on the Drawing, or directed by the ResidentRepresentative.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in respective Item:

Topsoil Item 205

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) This Item includes surface preparation, fertilizing, seeding, rolling,mulching, maintenance, and fertilizing and reseeding of areas where prior seedings have not beensuccessful. Seeding of areas specifically included for payment in other Items is not included here.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 04) All materials shall be new and of the best quality.


ODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material Specifications



PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 08) Seed Mixture and Sowing.

The seed mixture will depend upon the location, time of year and weather, but in general may beblended as follows in the following table. Mixture percentages are by weight.

93

Location Planting Dates Mixture Rate

A. Residential areas,

lawns

March 15 - August 1

August 1 - November 15

50% Kentucky Bluegrass

50% Creeping Red Fescue



30% Annual Ryegrass

Five pounds per 1000

square feet


square feet

B. Treatment plants, lift

stations, etc

March 15 - August 1

August 1 - November 15





30% Annual Ryegrass


square feet


square feet

C. Mowed slopes 3:1

and flatter

March 15 - November 15 70% Kentucky 31 Fescue



square feet

D. Slopes 2-1 / 2:1 and

steeper

March 15 - September 1 50% Crown Vetch

50% Annual Ryegrass

One pound per 1000

square feet

E. Inside slopes of

reservoirs and

lagoons under water

all or part of the

time

March 15 - November 15 100% Kentucky 31 Fescue Four pounds per 1000

square feet

Starter Fertilizer: Liquid or granular, 18-24-5 formula.

Mulch: Wheat or oats straw, free of weed seeds.

Emulsion: Asphalt, ODOT 702. 04, non-toxic to plants, will not change in transportation or storage.


SURFACE PREPARATION AND FERTILIZING: (Sec. 09) Work the surface of the topsoil intoa fine seed bed. Remove rubbish, twigs, pieces of bark, and all stones three-quarters inch in diameterand larger. Apply starter fertilizer, applied at rate recommended by the manufacturer. Work granularfertilizer into seed bed to a depth of about one inch.

Sow seed immediately after preparation of seed bed. Blend seed mixtures thoroughly and sow dryor hydraulically over prepared areas at the prescribed rate. Rake seed to one-quarter inch depth androll with roller. Rolling may be omitted, with the permission of the Resident Representative, whensuch a procedure would be detrimental to the seeded area.

94

MULCHING: (Sec. 10) Immediately after seeding and rolling, apply straw mulch at rate of 100pounds per thousand square feet. Wet straw down to prevent loss of mulch by wind. Tie straw mulchin place on slopes where erosion will be a problem.

The Contractor may, at his option, apply emulsion at a rate of 120 gallons per acre, instead of wettingthe mulch. The Contractor may, at his option, substitute yarn and biodegradable paper erosioncontrol fabric with uniform openings. The fabric shall be protected during outdoor storage andinstalled according to manufacturer’s instructions.

MAINTENANCE: (Sec. 11) The Contractor is responsible for watering and cutting grass inresidential areas and seeded areas of treatment plants and lift stations until the final estimate is paid.Owner will furnish water at the nearest available place at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractorshall furnish pipe and hoses as required.

Restore areas outside of the permanent rights-of-way and where the natural surface has beendisturbed for the convenience of the Contractor to its original condition and if seeding is required,it shall be done at the Contractor’s expense.

If at any time before the expiration of the Contract Bond (usually one year after date that finalpayment is made) any part of the seeded area is not in good condition, the Contractor shall fertilizeand reseed as often as necessary to get a good stand of grass.

95

CHAIN LINK FENCE

ITEM 215

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install Chain Link Fence as indicated on the Drawingsand specified.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Concrete Item 500

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Perform all excavation, install posts, top rails, bracing, chain link fabric,barbed wire, supporting arms, gates, concrete and all accessories.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 04) Materials shall be new and of the best quality.

Provide chain link fences and gates as complete units controlled by a single source includingnecessary erection accessories, fittings and fastenings.


ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Provide two sets ShopDrawings for record purposes only, with manufacturer’s technical data for material sizes, weights,gauges, finish, post and rail shapes and installation instructions.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 07) Payment will be made per lineal foot, for fence completein place, including gates and all accessories.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

ACCEPTABLE-MANUFACTURERS: (Sec. 09):

Allied Tube and Conduit Corp.Anchor Fence, Inc.Colorguard Corp.David Walker Corp.Dominion Fence and Wire Prod.United States SteelMerchants Metalor equal.

96


Fabric: Nine gauge wire, two inch mesh knuckled at one selvage and twisted at the other (72 inchheight), knuckled at both selvages (60 inch height).

Fabric shall be 72 inch unless otherwise noted.

Fabric Finish, galvanized, ASTM A 392, Class 2, minimum 2. 0 ounce zinc per square foot ofsurface, or aluminized ASTM A 491, Class 2, minimum 0.40 ounce aluminum per square foot ofsurface.

Framework: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 120 or A 123, with not less than 1.8 ounce zinc per squarefoot of surface, or pipe manufactured from high strength steel conforming to ASTM A 569, triplecoated with 1. 0 ounce zinc per square foot, 30 micrograms chromate per square inch and .5 milsclear cross-linked polyurethane.

Hardware and Accessories: Galvanized, ASTM A 153, with zinc weights per Table I.

Line Posts: To 8 foot fabric height, 2.875 inch O.D. steel pipe, 3.65 pounds per lineal foot or 2.375inch O.D. high strength steel pipe, 3.12 pounds per lineal foot, or 2.25 inch by 1.875 inch “C”section or “H” section, 2.64 pounds per lineal foot.

Over 8 foot fabric height, 2.875 inch O.D. steel pipe.5.79 pounds per lineal foot or 2.875 inch O.D.high strength steel pipe, 4.64 pounds per lineal foot, or 2.25 inch by 1.875 inch “C” section or “H”section, 3.26 pounds per lineal foot.

End Corner, Pull Posts: 2.875 inch O.D. steel pipe, 5.79 pounds per lineal foot, 2.875 inch O.D. highstrength steel pipe, 4.64 pounds per lineal foot, 2.50 inch by 2.50 inch square steel tubing, 5.10pounds per lineal foot, 3.50 inch by 3.50 inch roll formed sections, 4.85 pounds per lineal foot.

Gate Posts: Same shape as End, Corner, and Pull Posts, sized to support gate.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 10) Install fence in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions at locationsindicated on the Drawings. Maximum line post spacing shall be 10’-0”. All post shall be securelyanchored a minimum of three feet deep in concrete. In general the fabric shall be not more than oneinch above the finished ground line.

Installation shall meet requirements of ASTM F-567.

97

REMOVE AND REPLACE GUARD RAIL

ITEM 225

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01)

Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to remove and replace existing guard rail asshown on the Drawings and specified herein.

REFERENCED ITEMS: (Sec- 02)

Items of work and/or materials to be performed and/or furnished and included for payment in thisItem are:


Applicable portions of the latest revision of the following specifications shall be included as part ofthis Specification:

ODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03)

Where existing guard rail interferes with the installation of the new sanitary sewer, remove andreplace the existing guard rail.

Before removal, the Contractor and Resident Representative shall inspect and note the limits of theguard rail and post spacing.

Existing guard rail, posts, etc., shall be carefully removed and stored adjacent to the site.

Upon completion of the new construction and approval by the Resident Representative, the existingrail and posts shall be installed in their original location.

Any posts broken during removal shall be replaced with new posts.

All work and materials shall be in accordance with Item 606, Guard Rail, of the ODOTspecifications.

98

CLEANING AND REPAIR EXISTING CULVERTS

ITEM 230

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to clean andrepair the existing culvert of all silt and debris.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished and paid for in this Item

Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Granular Backfill Item 165Seeding Item 210Bulk Concrete Item 505Concrete Pipe Culverts Item 1210

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) The work consists of locating each culvert shown on the drawings withinthe roadway right of way. Cleaning said pipe by high pressure jetting, or a method approved by theengineer and repairing the pipe as necessary.



ASTM - American Society for Testing and MaterialsODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material

Specifications.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Provide four (4) sets for recordpurposes only.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: (Sec. 07) Handle, unload pipe in accordance with theapproved practice specified by the manufacturer.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec 08) Lump Sum

Concrete pipe specifically included in other items shall not be included for payment in this Item.

99

CLEANING AND GRADING EXISTING ROADSIDE DITCHES

ITEM 235

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to clean andregrade the roadside ditch flowline, roadside slope and back slope.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished and paid for in this Item.

Clearing Item 100


Seeding Item 210

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) The work consists of locating the existing ditch line. Regarding theexisting flowline to drain. The roadside slope shall not exceed 3:1 and the backslope shall not exceed2:1. Ditches shall be reshaped and seeded with mulch.



ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

ODOT Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and MaterialSpecifications.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Provide four (4) sets for recordpurposes only.


MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec 08) Lump Sum

100

PAVEMENT, CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK

ITEM 300

PART 1 – GENERAL

PARK INCLUDED: (Sec 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to construct allpavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 02) New work shall be indicated on the Drawings, using material and coursethickness as specified hereinafter.Restoring/replacement work shall be performed with material similar to existing, as indicated on theDrawings, using material and course thickness as specified hereinafter.

QUALITY ASSURANCE (Sec. 03) All materials shall be new and of the best quality.


ODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and MaterialSpecifications.

ASTM - American Society for Testing and materials

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: (Sec. 05) Bituminous material shall be heated and deliveredto Job site within the temperature range specified In ODOT 702. 00. Bituminous material shall notbe used while foaming.

Aggregate shall be fed to the cold elevator in proper proportions and at a rate to permit correct anduniform control of heating and drying.

Concrete may be mixed in a central mix plant, or in truck mixers, of an approved type.

Ready-mix concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with ODOT 499. 04

(a) Mixed concrete from the central mixer shall be transported in truck mixers or truckagitators.

Concrete shall be delivered to the work site and discharge completed within one hour after thecombining of the water and the cement. If approved set-retarding (ODOT) 705-12, type B) or awater-reducing and set regarding (ODOT 705.12, Type D) admixture is used at the Contractor’sexpense, complete discharge within 90 minutes of the combining of the water and the cement.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 06) As specified.

For unit price proposals payment for Prime and Tack Coats used in conjunction with asphalt concreteis included with the asphalt concrete.

101

For unit price proposals for resurfacing, payment for Tack Coats, pothole and crack repair is includedwith the unit price bid for resurfacing. The method of repair shall be approved by the engineer.WARRANTY: (Sec. 07) See General Conditions.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 08) Materials shall conform to the latest ODOT specifications as follows:

Subbase – Item 310

Aggregate – Item 304

Berm/shoulder – Item 617

Portland Cement Concrete Base – Item 305

Reinforced Portland Cement Concrete Pavement – Item 451

Plain Portland Cement Concrete Pavement – Item 452

Asphalt Concrete Intermediate Course – Item 402

Asphalt Concrete Surface Course – Item 404

Prime Coat – Item 408

Bituminous material – MC-30 or MC-70

Cover aggregate – per Item

Tack Coat – Item 407, SS-1 emulsion

Cover aggregate – per Item

Seal Coat – Item 409

Bituminous material – MWS 90(RS-2 when temperature 900+)

Cover aggregate per itemFirst course – No.67 sizeSurface course – No.9 size

Bituminous Cold Mix – Item 405

Curb/Gutter – Concrete, Item 609

102

Sidewalk – Concrete, Item 499, Class C

Parking Blocks – precast concrete approximately seven inches high, six feet long. Anchorwith steel rods, one-half inch diameter by fifteen long.

Paint (striping) – Item 621

Expansion material – three-quarter inch premoulded asphalt plank.


INSTALLATION: (SEC. 09) Installation/construction methods shall conform to the latest ODOTspecifications.

Preparation of Subgrade

Prior to placing pavement base or sidewalk, blade, and compact subgrade to the proper elevationindicated on the Drawings. Compact in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 203. Include thecost of Patch existing pavement using straight lines cut perpendicular of parallel to line of trafficwhere possible.

Subbase

Construct a ten-inch thick subbase, consisting of two compacted five-inch courses, in accordancewith ODOT Specifications Item 310.

Aggregate Base

Construct a six inch or nine inch thick aggregate base course in accordance with ODOTSpecifications Item 304. Slag material not permitted.

Construct shoulders as indicated on the Drawings using material specified in ODOT SpecificationsItem 617.

Portland Cement Concrete Base

Construct an eight-inch concrete base in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 305. Moistensubgrade before placing concrete. Place expansion material at interface between new and existingconcrete base.

Portland Cement Concrete Pavement

Construct six inch or eight-inch thick reinforced concrete pavement in accordance with ODOTSpecifications, Item 451. Reinforcing steel shall be as indicated on the Drawings.

Place six inch or eight inch plain concrete pavement in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item452.

103

Place expansion material and discontinue reinforcing at interface between new and existingpavement. Use high early strength portland cement. ASTM C-150, Type III or IIIA, with entrained air atlocations requiring quick opening to traffic as directed by the Owner. Any extra payment for use ofhigh strength cement shall be agreed upon between the contractor and the Owner prior to its use

Asphalt Concrete Pavement

Construct one and one-half inch thick pavement in one course (402). Construct three inch thickasphalt concrete pavement in two equal thickness courses. The first course shall be in accordancewith ODOT Specifications Item 402 and the surface course shall be in accordance with ODOTSpecifications Item 404. When asphalt concrete is placed over concrete base apply Tack Coat overthe concrete base at the rate of 0.1 gallons per square yard of surface in accordance with ODOTSpecifications Item 407.When asphalt concrete is placed over aggregate base apply Prime Coat atthe rate of 0.4 gallons per square yard of surface in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 408.Apply Tack Coat between asphalt concrete courses at the rate of 0.1 gallons per square yard inaccordance with ODOT Specifications Item 407.

Material consistency and application rates for prime and tack coats may be varied to suit weatherconditions, with the approval of the Resident Representative. For unit price proposals no paymentfor Prime Coat will be made if prime coat is included in another Item.

Apply tack coat to edges of existing curbs, pavements, gutters, manhole castings, etc., prior toplacing asphalt concrete. Seal and sand all finished joints.

Seal Coat

First course shall consist of applying bituminous material at rate of 0.35 gallons per square yardfollowed immediately with cover coat of 20-22 pounds of aggregate.

Second course shall consist of 0.35 gallons per square yard followed immediately by cover coat of23-25 pounds per square yard.

Prime Coat

Apply prime coat in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 408, at rate of 0.4 gallons per squareyard. Coat with sand if traffic will be allowed to run on surface prior to pavement surfaceapplication. Material consistency and application rates for prime coat may be varied to suite weatherconditions with the approval of the Resident Representative. For unit price proposals no paymentfor Prime Coat will be made if prime coat is included in another Item.

Temporary Bituminous Payment

Furnish, place and maintain a temporary bituminous pavement in accordance with ODOTSpecifications Item 405.wherever directed by the Resident Representative. Remove a sufficientamount of existing aggregate so that a minimum thickness of two inches of temporary pavement maybe placed. Maintain temporary paving until permanent pavement is placed.

104

Curbs/Gutters

Construct new or replacement concrete curbs or integral concrete curbs and gutters in accordancewith ODOT Specifications Item 609. New curbs or integral curbs and gutters shall be constructedas indicated on the Drawings; replacement curbs or integral curbs and gutters shall match existingshape and dimensions. This Item also includes the removal and disposal of existing concretematerial.

Concrete Sidewalk

Construct sidewalks as indicated on the Drawings using concrete in accordance with ODOTSpecifications Item 499. Width of sidewalks shall be four feet for new installations or shall matchwidth of existing sidewalks for replacement installations. Place transverse crack control joints atapproximately five foot intervals, Place one-half inch expansion joint material at intervals not toexceed forty feet, at tee intersections, 90E bends in sidewalk and at intersections with structures.Finish all edges with one-quarter inch radius. Surface shall have wood float finish. This Item alsoincludes the removal and disposal of existing sidewalk material, if not included with excavation Item120.

Parking Blocks

Furnish and place precast concrete parking blocks where indicated on the Drawings.

Paint Striping

All paint striping shall be included with the surface pavement item of which it is a part. Striping ofnew pavement shall be as indicated on the Drawings; striping of replacement pavement shall matchexisting striping. Striping shall be in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 621.

Resurfacing

Clean the existing pavement, clean and repair existing potholes and significant cracks as approvedby the engineer. Tack Coat shall be applied as per ODOT Item 407. Place one and one half inchasphalt concrete overlay ODOT Item 404.

105

Item No. Type Pavement Total Thickness

300A Portland Cement Concrete Base Eight inches

300B Reinforced Portland Cement ConcretePavement

Eight inches

300C Reinforced Portland Cement ConcretePavement

Six inches

300D Plain Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Eight inches

300 Plain Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Six inches

300F1 Asphalt Concrete (402) One & one-quarter inch

300F2 Asphalt Concrete (404) One & one-quarter inch

300G Asphalt Concrete Three inches (one & one-halfinches 404 on one & one-halfinches of 402)

300H Aggregate Base Course Six inches

300I Aggregate Base Course nine inches

300J Subbase Ten inches

300K Prime Coat

300L Seal Coat

300M Temporary Bituminous Pavement Two inches

300N Curb and Gutter Four inches

300P Concrete Sidewalk Four inches

300Q Parking Blocks

300R Resurfacing One & one half inches

106

CONCRETE

ITEM 500

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install concrete work as indicated on the Drawings andspecified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in respective item:

Steel Reinforcement Item 600

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) This Item includes all concrete which is formed, and/or reinforced, and/orfinished including that used in special structures, equipment foundations, including those for HVAC,plumbing and electrical equipment, paving, curbs, and gutters, and sidewalks. Cutting of openingsin existing masonry or concrete, wherever required, is included in this Item, unless specifiedotherwise. High range water reducing admixture (Superplasticizer) shall be used in locationsindicated on the Drawing and in all floor topping.



ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.ODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Materials

Specifications.ACI - American Concrete Institute Building Code Requirements for Reinforced

Concrete (ACI 318).

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions.

Submit following:

Concrete Mix Design: A letter designating the option chosen (See Mixes, Sec. 13). For optionchosen, submit the following:

Option 1

a) Six samples of ODOT’s “Report on Concrete Cylinders” no more than four monthsold, furnished by the concrete supplier.

b) Three samples each of ODOTs “Report on Aggregate” for coarse and fine aggregatewhich concrete supplier intends to use for this project. At least one coarse and onefine aggregate report must list soundness test data (ASTM C-88). Fine aggregatereports must list fineness modulus. Coarse aggregate intended for use in pavement

107

concrete must list Los Angeles Abrasion Test results.

c) The type of cement and manufacturer’s name; the manufacturer and product name

of the air entraining agent and water reducing agent.

d) If ODOT records for aggregate and/or cylinder breaks do not supply all of the

required information the Contractor shall, through a qualified laboratory approvedby the Engineer, meet the requirements for submittals under this option.

Option 2

a) Laboratory report listing ingredients and quantities contained in design mix. Include

type and manufacturer of cement and the manufacturer and name of the air entrainingagent and water reducing agent. Make and cure specimens of design mix in

accordance with ASTM C-192. Report initial slump and slump after mixing for 15minutes (placement slump).

b) Seven and 28 days cylinder break records of the design mix.

c) Coarse and fine aggregate sieve analysis, specific gravity, soundness test (ASTM C-

88), and fineness modulus. Coarse aggregate intended for use in pavement must list

Los Angeles Abrasion Test results.

d) A record of 30 consecutive 28-day strength tests from the concrete supplier’s recent

records. A strength test is defined as the average of two cylinders from the samesample and represent materials similar to those which will be used on the job.

High-Range Water Reducing Admixture.

Submit an adjusted mix design except finish floor topping. Submit type and name ofmanufacturer of the high-range water reducing admixture.

The cost of laboratory fees to meet the requirements of either option and the use of high-range waterreducing admixture shall be borne by the Contractor.

Waterstop: Name of manufacturer, shape, product number, physical and mechanical properties.

Fiber reinforcement: Name of manufacturer, type, length, coating if fibers are polyester, andrequirements for its use.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: (Sec. 07) Batch, mix and deliver ready-mixed concreteaccording to the requirements of ASTM C-94.

Notify Resident Representative of the supplier’s name at least three weeks in advance of the date ofthe first pour, so that the batch plant and trucks may be inspected. Approval of the plant and trucksis necessary prior to delivering concrete to the job site. Do not exceed rated capacity of the ready mix

108

truck.

All concrete containing the high-range water reducing admixture shall have a maximum slump of8 inches unless otherwise approved by the Resident Representative. The concrete shall arrive at thejob site at a slump of 2 inches to 3 inches, be verified, then the high-range water reducing admixtureadded to increase the slump to the approved level. No water shall be added at the job site. Themanufacturer shall furnish on site a qualified representative to advise on the proper procedures forusing the admixture during the first pour.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 08) Lump Sum


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: (Sec. 10)

Joint Materials:

Williams Products, Inc.Construction Gaskets, Inc.or equal.

Floor Hardener:

L & M Construction Chemicals (Quartzplate)Euclid Chemical Co. (Surflex)Master Builders (Maximent)or equal.

Epoxy Bonding Agent:

Sika Chemical Corp. (Sikadur)Euclid Chemical Co. (Euco Epoxy)L & M Construction Chemicals (Epobond)or equal.

Expansion Anchors: (self drilling)

Phillips Drill Co. (Red Head) Ramset Fastening Systems (Ramdrill)or equal.

Expansion Anchors: *(pre-drilled holes)

Hilti Fastening Systems, Inc.(Kwik-bolt)Ramset Fastening System (Trubolt Stud Anchor)or equal.

109

Expansion Joint Sealant:

Sika Chemical Corp. (Sikaflex 2c)A.C. Horn, Inc. (Daraseal-U)or equal.

Fiber Reinforcement:

Euclid Chemical CompanyGrace Construction Productsor equal.


Concrete:

1. Fine Aggregate – ASTM C-332. Coarse Aggregate – ASTM C-33 – ODOT Size 573. Cement – Portland Cement – ASTM C-1504. Water – clean and free of deleterious substances.

Admixtures:

1. Air Entraining Agent – ASTM C-2602. Water Reducing Admixture – ASTM C-494 Type A, containing not over 1000 parts

per million (ppm) chloride ions.3. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer) – ASTM C-494 Type F,

containing not over 1000 parts per million (ppm) chloride ions.4. Retarding Admixture -ASTM C-494, Type 8, containing no chloride ions.

Specific addition of calcium chloride is prohibited.

Add admixtures, except high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer), at batch plant.

Formwork:

Plywood, plywood faced and metal faced patented forms and No.1 yellow pine sheathing acceptable.Damaged forms not permitted.

Joint Materials:

Construction joints – six inch styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR) or neoprene dumbell waterstop orserrated PVC waterstop and prefabricated fittings, or equal.

Expansion joints – styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR) or neoprene or serrated PVC dumbell waterstopwith three-quarter inch inside diameter center bulb.

Premolded joint filler – ASTM D-1752, Type 1, II, III. Specific type indicated on Drawings.

Floor Hardener: – non-metallic shake-on type.

Curing Compound: – acrylic compound containing 30 percent solids.

110

MIXES: (Sec. 12) Concrete shall conform to ACI Code. Compressive strength shall be f’ c = 4000psi, except finish floor topping. Admixtures shall be compatible with other ingredients in theconcrete. Concrete shall not contain fly ash. All concrete shall contain water reducing admixture. Allconcrete, except floor surfaces with floor hardener and certain finish floor topping applications, shallcontain air entraining agent. Maximum water-cement ratio shall be 0.45.

Concrete, using high-range water reducing admixture shall not have a reduction of cement content.It shall have a reduced amount of water. The amount of aggregates may be adjusted. The mix shallproduce concrete that does not segregate when placed.

Concrete, except Finish Floor Topping, shall be one of the following two options. Measure andproportion materials in accordance with the approved option. Should the proportions proveunsatisfactory, an improved mix shall be determined by a qualified laboratory at the Contractor’sexpense.

Option 1: Concrete shall meet the requirement of ODOT Specification Item 499, Class C, with waterreducing admixture added. Concrete shall contain a minimum of 600 pounds cement per cubic yard.

Option 2: A qualified testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer, shall design a concrete mixwhich exceeds the required compressive strength by the amount required on the basis of fieldexperience of concrete supplier. Design mix strength and proportions shall conform to ACI 318-83,Section 4.3.

The cement content shall be not less than 564 pounds per cubic yard. Concrete shall contain 6%entrained air. Slump shall not exceed four inches, except for concrete using high-range waterreducing admixture. The cost of laboratory fees for work performed under Option 2 shall be borneby the Contractor.

Finish Floor Topping Mix: Coarse aggregate shall be No.67 size, fine aggregate shall be natural ormanufactured sand, ODOT Item 703. All topping shall contain high range water reducing admixture.Topping not subject to freezing (inside tanks and heated building) shall contain aggregate, and noair entraining admixture per cubic yard. All Topping at areas subject to freezing shall contain 564pounds cement, 1810 pounds coarse aggregate, 1210 pounds fine aggregate, 6+2 percent air. Toppingshall contain fiber reinforcing, either polypropylene or polyester fibers, ¾ inches long, minimum 1-½pounds per cubic yard, added to the batch plant. Polyester fibers shall be coated with an anti-staticlubricant film to assure total dispersion.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 13)

FORMWORK:

Conform to the requirements of ODOT Specification 508.

Form exposed circular tanks walls 25 feet or more in diameter from chords 24 inches in length orless. Form corbels at circular walls to true circular radius. Form unexposed circular walls with chordsof length approved by the Resident Representative. Form equipment foundations to dimensionsindicated on the Drawings or modify to conform to equipment manufacturer’s requirements.

The timing for removal of forms and bracing is the Contractor’s responsibility. In case of failure ordistortion of all or part of the structure due to premature removal of forms or bracing, demolish and

111

rebuild the failed or distorted portion at no cost to Owner.

JOINTS:

Joints shall be located as indicated on the Drawings. Addition, deletion, or relocation of joints shallbe made only with the approval of the Engineer. Construction requirements shall be governed byODOT Department Specifications, Item 511. Labyrinth, cellular and split type waterstops shall notbe used, unless indicated.

Construction Joints: Key all joints unless indicated otherwise. Make keyway continuous, with widthequal to one-third of wall width and depth a minimum of one and one-half inches. Install asrecommended by manufacturer.

Expansion Joints: Construct expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings. Construct joints withclear width indicated on the Drawings. Premolded joint filler shall be fastened to one surface tomaintain position. Seal top and sides of joint to a depth equal to one- half of the joint width with anelastomeric two-part polyurethane joint sealant. Sealant shall be non-sag consistency at vertical oroverhead applications and self-leveling at horizontal applications, and shall conform to FederalSpecifications TT –S00227E, Type 1 and 2, Class A. Provide preparation, primer, and bond-breakertape or backer rod and apply sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer’s directions.

Slip Joints: Form adjacent concrete smooth and square, stop all reinforcing at the joint, and placeheavy building paper at the interface to prevent bonding and permit movement.

Corbel Slide Bearing Joints: Construct corbels as indicated on the Drawings.

Floor Topping Joints: At exposed areas of buildings and structures provide crack control joints,sawed one inch deep within 24 hours after placing the topping or formed with preformed strips.Place joints equally spaced at approximate five foot intervals both longitudinally and transversely,adjust spaces to allow joints to occur at corners of equipment bases, pipe support bases, columns,etc., wherever practicable. Provided joints with one-half inch premolded joint filler at the perimeterof projecting equipment bases, pipe support bases, columns, etc.

BUILT IN WORK:Set pipes, sleeves, anchor bolts, steps, castings, conduits, inserts, brick and stone anchors which areto be cast integrally with the concrete, at proper location and elevation prior to placing concrete.Pipes passing through slabs and walls, which do not utilize a casting for that purpose, shall passthrough a galvanized steel pipe sleeve. Extend pipe sleeves in floors one and one-half inch above thefinished floor surface.

PLACING:Notify the Resident Representative at least 24 hours in advance of placing concrete. Place concretein accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 511, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.

Do not place concrete which has been batched longer than one hour, nor add water at the job sitebeyond the total allowed by the proportioned design mix. Do not retemper or remix concrete.

Cold Weather: Heat water and concrete materials. Heat surfaces which will be in contract with freshconcrete to at least 50EF. Protect surfaces from rapid moisture loss and maintain concrete at 50E ormore during the curing period.

Hot Weather: Use cooled mix water. Use retarding admixture, if deemed necessary by the Contractor

112

and approved by the Resident Representative. Erect sun shades and wind barriers, and spray forms,reinforcing and subgrade prior to placing concrete. Discharge concrete from truck as soon aspossible. Finish as soon as practical. Maintain concrete at less than 90EF during the curing period.

FINISHING:In general, finish concrete in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 511 or as directed by theResident Representative. No finish is required on surfaces not exposed to view other than removalof fins and mortaring of tie wire holes.

Walls and Ceilings: Surfaces exposed to view, including tanks to twelve inches below the water line,shall have a rubbed finish. Grout cleaning may be substituted for a rubbed finish where surfaces aresmooth and the permission of the Resident Representative is obtained.

Finish Slab Surfaces: Finish to elevation and slope indicated on Drawings. Steel trowel finishinterior slab surfaces Wood float finish exterior walkway slab surfaces. Broom finish pavementsurfaces.

Concrete Steps: Apply anti-slip aggregate to walkway surface as recommended by aggregatemanufacturer and wood float finish.

FLOOR HARDENER:Apply floor hardener in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations where indicated on theDrawings.

CURING AND LOADING:Cure and load concrete in accordance with ODOT Specifications Item 511, except where notedMembrane curing, if used, shall be accomplished by applying an acrylic compound with a brush orroller at a maximum coverage of 300 square feet per gallon.

PATCHING CONCRETE:Remove defective material to sound concrete or a minimum of one and one-half inches. Edges ofrepaired area shall be perpendicular to finish concrete surface. Thoroughly clean area with water andcompressed air. Apply epoxy bonding agent according to manufacturers directions. Patch with non-shrinking mortar of color, surface and texture to match surrounding concrete. Cure as directed bythe mortar manufacturer.

Fill openings left in existing concrete by removal of pipes and equipment in manner similar to thatdescribed above. Patches in tanks and channels shall be watertight

FINISH FLOOR TOPPING:Place finish floor topping after equipment and foundations, pipe supports and other work iscomplete. Clean surface of structural slab with 10% muriatic acid solution and rinse with cleanwater. While floor is still damp apply a cement and water bonding coat with a stiff bristle brush.While bonding coat is wet place topping material and screen and finish with a steel trowel. Provideproper drainage by sloping floor topping surface. Floor topping shall be not less than two inchesthick in any place. Cure and provide joints as specified herein.

GROUTING:Set column base plates, other structural steel indicated on the Drawings and all major equipmentmounted on a floor, pad, or foundation in at least one inch of non-shrink grout. Mix and place groutin accordance with manufacturer’s instruction, completely filling the space below the equipment bedplate. Trim edge of grout neatly around the grouted item. Grout containing iron shall be cut back and

113

surface finished with grout which does not contain iron.

ANCHORAGE:Attach equipment and other items indicated on the Drawings to concrete by the following methods:

Anchor Bolts: Wherever location cannot be determined before concrete is poured, anchor bolts shallbe cast-in-place. Cast-in-place anchor bolts may, with permission of the Resident Representative,be set in pipe or patented anchor bolt sleeves having an inside diameter not greater than three timesthe bolt diameter. Straight anchor bolts require a large heavy washer be installed at the base of thebolt. Fill sleeves with non-shrink grout during equipment installation.

Wherever location cannot be determined before concrete is poured, anchor bolts must be drilled andepoxy bonded in place. Drill hole with diamond core drill of adequate diameter to place bondingagent to a minimum depth equal to ten times the bolt diameter. Install and center bolt in hole. Fillspace between anchor bolt and hole completely, according to manufacturers directions, with 100percent solids, two-component, epoxy resin system specifically recommended for grouting anchorbolts. Use a high viscosity gelled-System for horizontal and overhead holes.

Expansion Anchors: Expansion anchors may not be used to resist tension forces (exceptas noted below) nor in locations inside tanks or channels which contain liquids. Self drilling anchorsor anchors with 360 degree gripping action in pre-drilled holes are acceptable. No expansion anchorusing lead will be permitted. Set expansion anchors according to manufacturers recommendations.Expansion anchors may be used in tension only where loads are light (conduits, small pipe lines,etc.) and where permitted by the Resident Representative.

Malleable Iron Inserts: The use of malleable iron slotted or threaded inserts in concrete will bepermitted provided the insert is capable of developing the full tension strength of the bolt with whichit is used.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: (Sec .14)

SAMPLING AND TESTING:Perform the following sampling and testing:

Concrete: The contractor shall supply the concrete used for testing, mold the test in the presence ofthe Resident Representative, provide curing facilities on the site, protect and cure the test cylindersprior to their shipment to the testing laboratory, and transport the test cylinders to the testinglaboratory. The owner will furnish the cylinder molds and pay laboratory testing charges.

Mold and cure three compressive strength test specimens, in accordance with ASTM C- 31, fromeach one hundred cubic yards of concrete, or fraction thereof, placed each day. Test one cylinder atseven days and two cylinders at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C-39.

Evaluation of the concrete by the Engineer will be made in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. Theaverage of three consecutive strength tests (a strength test is defined as the average strength of twocylinders from the same sample tested at 28 days) shall equal or exceed 4000 psi, and no individualstrength test shall be less than 3500 psi. If these criteria are not met steps shall be taken to increasethe average of subsequent test results. If any strength test falls below 3500 psi the Engineer willdetermine if the load carrying capacity of the structure has been reduced by an amount to impairproper functioning of the structure and, if proper functioning is in doubt, shall order a test of cores

114

drilled from the suspect area by a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. Three cores shall betaken for each deficient strength test and laboratory tested in accordance with ASTM C-42. If theconcrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions test the cores dry; if the concrete willbe more than superficially wet under service conditions, immerse the cores in water for 48 hours andtest wet. The average strength of the three cores shall be at least 3400 psi and no single core strengthshall be less than 3000 psi. The cost of drilling, transporting, protecting and testing of cores shall bepaid for by the Contractor.

The Engineer may order unacceptable concrete be removed and replaced (including reinforcing),strengthened by supplemental construction, or other action appropriate to the circumstances, all atno cost to the Owner.

WATER LEAKAGE TESTS:

Special Requirements for Potable Water Supply Reservoirs: Perform cleaning and sterilization priorto conducting tests.

All Water-holding Structures: All water-holding structures shall be subjected to leakage tests afterthe concrete has been cured and obtained its design strength, and before backfill, brick facing, orother work which will cover the exposed faces of the walls is begun.

Walls which are laterally restrained by suspended slabs shall not be tested until such slabs haveobtained the specified design strength.

All water-holding structures to be subjected to leakage tests shall be filled with water to the normalliquid level line. After the basin has been kept full for 48 hours, it will be assumed for the purposesof the test that the absorption of moisture by the concrete in the basin is complete. All valves andgates to the structure shall then be closed and the change in water surface measured for a 24-hourperiod.

During the test period, all exposed portions of the structure shall be examined and all visible leaksor damp spots shall be marked; such leaks or damp spots shall be later patched or corrected in amanner acceptable to the Engineer. If the drop in water surface in the 24 hour period exceeds 1/10of 1 percent of the normal volume of liquid contained in the water-holding structure, after accountingfor evaporation and precipitation in open basins, the leakage shall be considered excessive.Evaporation shall be determined by floating an evaporation pan in the structure during the testperiod.

If the leakage is excessive, the water-holding structure shall be drained, all leaks previously markedshall be patched, and the necessary repairs made. The Contractor’s method of repair shall be subjectto the requirements of these Specifications and submitted for review by the Engineer.

The water-holding structure shall then be refilled and again tested for leakage. This process shall becontinued until the drop in water surface in a 24 hour period with the basin full is less than 1/10 of1 percent of the volume of liquid held in the basin. All repairs of faulty workmanship and materials,and additional tests, shall be made by the Contractor in an acceptable manner, at no additional costto the Owner. Both the correction for excessive leakage and the removal of the damp or wet spotson walls shall be required to pass the leakage test.

The purpose of this test is to determine the integrity of the finished concrete. Therefore, all otherequipment, i.e., stop gates, sluice gates, etc., or temporary bulkheads should be made watertightprior to the test.

115

As an alternative, the Contractor could accurately measure the leakage through gates, valves, andbulkheads with methods acceptable to the Engineer.

An assumed leakage based on the manufacturer’s recommendations is not acceptable.BULK CONCRETE

ITEM 505

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to construct allBulk Concrete work as shown on the Drawings and specified.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Items in the Specifications, or portions thereof, which areapplicable to this Item are:

Concrete Item 500

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Bulk Concrete, as defined for this Item, will contain no reinforcing andrequire no finishing or forms other than shut-offs. Use Bulk Concrete wherever noted on theDrawings or requested by the Resident Engineer. In general Bulk Concrete will be used for, but notnecessarily confined to, backfill beneath structural slabs placed directly on earth, pipe encasement,and backfill outside of basement walls. No laboratory testing of concrete field samples will berequired.

PROPORTIONING: (Sec. 04) Use 376 pounds of cement per cubic yard and accordingly, adjust theaggregate weights for Class C concrete, as specified in Item 499 of the Ohio Department ofTransportation Construction and Material Specifications, to produce a full cubic yard measure.Slump range shall be two to six inches. No mix design is required. No entrained air or admixturesare required.

BATCHING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING: (Sec. 05) Batching, mixing,transporting and placing shall conform to the requirements of Item 500, Concrete.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 06) For unit price proposals the volume of Bulk Concrete measured forpayment shall be by one of the following methods.

1. Volume between the structure lines and the excavation pay limits noted on the Drawings oractual volume as measured, whichever is less.

2. Volume shown on delivery tickets where actual volume cannot be easily determined.

No measurement for payment of Bulk Concrete beyond excavation pay limits noted on the Drawingswill be made without authorization of the Resident Representative.

116

STEEL REINFORCEMENT

ITEM 600

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install Steel Reinforcement as indicated on the Drawingsand specified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in respective Item:

Concrete Item 500

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Steel Reinforcement includes deformed bars, plain bars and welded wirefabric; their detailing, fabrication, storage and placing. Provide epoxy coated steel reinforcement andaccessories where indicated on the Drawings.




ACI - American Concrete Institute

SUBMITTAL: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions.

Submit reinforcing grade, details of hooks, bends and standard laps. Submit any deviations from theContract Drawings.

Placing Drawings and Bar Lists: Placing drawings shall be made to a minimum scale of one-quarterinch equals one foot. Show location, grade, quantity, size, length, bending details and weight ofreinforcing. Bending details shall conform to ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for DetailingReinforced Concrete Structures, and ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for ReinforcedConcrete.

Placing Drawings and bar lists need not be submitted for review but copies shall be furnished to theResident Representative and also kept on file at the Contractor’s field office prior to placingreinforcing.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: (Sec. 07) Store all reinforcing steel off the ground on timbersupports. Keep free of dirt, oil, grease, or avoidable rust. Store and handle epoxy coated reinforcingwith non-abrasive accessories to avoid damage to the coating.

ALTERNATES/ALTERNATIVES: (Sec. 08) Equipment Substitution: If the Contractor desires tofurnish equipment which requires different concrete configurations or dimensions from thoseindicated on the Drawings, and that equipment is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shallsubmit for review concrete details to accommodate the substitute equipment. After revised concretedetails have been reviewed submit placing drawings for review by the Engineer.


117

WARRANTY: (Sec. 10) As per contract.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS


1. ASTM - A-615 Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcing, Grade60.

2. ASTM - A-616 Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcing, Grade60.

3. ASTM - A-617 Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcing, Grade60.

4. ASTM - A-185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement

5. ASTM - A-775 Epoxy Coating for reinforcing bars.

6. Reinforcing bar supports – precast mortar blocks or plastic or metal supports of adequatestrength and proper depth. Blocks shall be cast and properly cured for a minimum of sevendays before use.

7. Wire bar support – stainless steel or plastic tipped.

8. Epoxy coated reinforcing shall be supported and tied, and as specified herein.

Use deformed bar reinforcing for size number 3 and larger.

FABRICATION: (Sec. 12) Shape bent bars to dimensions indicated on the Drawings in accordancewith the provisions of ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced ConcreteStructures, and ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. No shop or fieldwelded reinforcing assemblies are permitted unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings.

Epoxy coated reinforcing shall be bent cold.


PREPARATION: (Sec. 13) Remove loose, scaling rust prior to placing steel reinforcement. Whereindicated on the Drawings, reinforcing steel exposed for future construction shall be painted witha two component, 100% solids, 100% reactive, high-build resin based epoxy eight to eleven dry milstotal thickness. Apply in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

Where concrete is to be placed over reinforcing that has been previously coated with the aboveepoxy, coat the reinforcing with epoxy bonding agent.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 14) Place and properly secure all reinforcing steel in position indicated onplacing drawings furnished by the reinforcing steel fabricator. Obtain approval of the ResidentRepresentative of the in-place reinforcing prior to placing concrete.

Damaged epoxy-coating shall be repaired with patching material conforming to ASTM- 775.

118

Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars supported from formwork shall rest on coated wire bar supports, oron bar supports made of dielectric material. Wire bar supports shall be coated with dielectric materialfor a minimum distance of 2 inches from the point of contact with the epoxy-coated reinforcing bars.Reinforcing bars used as support bars shall be epoxy-coated. Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars shall befastened with nylon-epoxy, or plastic coated tie wire, or other approved materials.

Whenever it is necessary to splice reinforcing the bars shall overlap in accordance with the followingtable, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Lap splices for epoxy coated reinforcing bars shallhave the overlap increased 40% more than indicated in the table. Wherever possible, avoid splicesin reinforcement at points of maximum stress in members. Do not weld Grade 60 reinforcement.

Bar Size Minimum Overlap, Inches

Typical,Unless Noted

Beam Top BarsUnless Noted

#3 18 -

#4 24 -

#5 31 42

#6 37 57

#7 45 77

#8 59 102

#9 90 129

#10 114 163

#11 141 200

Provide sufficient number of supports to support reinforcing bars in slabs, beams and girders.Supports shall be of such shape that they will be enveloped in concrete.

119

SHEETING AND TIMBERING LEFT IN PLACE

ITEM 700

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish, install and leave in place, cut off as directed, such timbersheeting, bracing, and shoring for proper protection and support of adjacent structures, as indicatedon the Drawings or as directed in writing by the Resident Representative.



DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Include the furnishing and framing of all lumber, the furnishing of allspikes, nails, bolts and other fastenings, the excavation, the cutting off of sheeting and all necessaryappurtenances.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 04) All materials shall be good quality, sound.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 05) No measurement/payment will be made for wood sheetingor timbering left in place which is specifically included in another Item, nor for any material left inplace for the Contractors convenience, nor for sheeting left in place without the direction of theResident Representative, unless the Drawings specifically indicate that such material shall be leftin place.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 06) Lumber for sheeting, sheet piling, plank floor, bracing and shoring mustbe merchantable stock of good quality hardwood, pine or fir lumber, sound, square edged and freefrom unsound or loose knots and of such sizes, thickness, strength and quality as will fully protectthe work and the workmen.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 07) Install and leave in place all wood sheeting required to support the sidesof the trench excavation below the elevation of the top of the pipe, wherever directed by the ResidentRepresentative. Cut off where directed by the Resident Representative. No sheeting left in place shallextend within two feet of the surface.

Remove shoring and bracing as the backfill reaches the elevation of the shoring and bracing. Removesuch materials off the site.

120

SEWER PIPE IN PLACE

ITEM 900

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, Materials and equipment, and lay and join all sewerpipe which is necessary for the proper completion of the work, as shown on the Drawings andspecified herein.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Items of work and/or Materials to be performed and/or furnishedand included for payment in this Item are:

Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Sheeting and Timbering (LIP) Indefinite Item 700Vitrified Clay Pipe Drains and Sewers Item 1200Concrete Pipe Culverts, Drains and Sewers Item 1210PVC Gravity Pipe Sewers Item 1400Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) All pipe and fittings furnished under this Item shall comply with the latestASTM Specifications as shown below:

Trunk and Lateral Sewers ASTM Specs

ServiceConnection

Reference ItemItem

Vitrified Clay Pipe C-700 V.C.P. 1200

Reinforced Concrete Pipe C-76 As selected fromabove

1210

PVC Gravity Pipe D-3034 PVC 1400

NOTE TO BIDDER: The Contractor shall specify the kind of pipe he proposes to furnish andindicate same on the Bid Schedule.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) All sewer pipe and fittings shall be installed as specified in therespective Item for the type of pipe selected.

Contractor shall use care during installation to ensure that proper bedding procedures, andcompaction of bedding, is performed.

TESTING: (Sec. 05) The sewers constructed under this Item shall be tested as specified under theItem for Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers.

If PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe is installed, a deflection test as specified in Item 1400 shall be performed.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 06) Per LF of actual pipe installed.

121

CURED IN PLACE PIPE (CIPP) RECONSTRUCTION

ITEM 901

GENERAL: (Sec. 1.0) This section includes all labor, materials, transportation and equipmentnecessary to rehabilitate by means of the cured in place pipe (CIPP) process, deteriorated sectionsof the existing sanitary sewers shown on the contract drawings.

It is the intent of the section of this specification to provide for rehabilitating sanitary sewers bymeans of the cured in place pipe process. When complete, the cured in place pipe should: (Sec. 1.2)

1. Extend from one manhole to the next manhole in a continuous length;

2. Provide flow capacity equal to or greater than that of the existing pipe;

3. Yield three-dimensional, cross linking strength in tension, compression, and flexuralmodulus which is structurally sound;

4. Provide a service life which is supported by documented, independent test analysis.

REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS: (Sec. 1.3) This specification references standard specificationswhich are made a part hereof by such reference and shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.All work accomplished must be in strict accordance with the referenced standards.

American Society for Testing and Materials

ASTM F-1212-91 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing PipelinesASTM D-638 Tensile StrengthASTM D- 790 Flexural StrengthASTM D-790 Modulus of ElasticityASTM D-732 Shear StrengthASTM D-695 Compressive Strength

SCOPE OF WORK: (Sec. 1.4) The work shall include but is not limited to:

A. Cleaning of existing designated pipe and televising and videotaping of the clean pipe(“before”).

B Insertion of liner into existing sewer mains without excavation.

C. Cutting of the new cured in place pipe liner to re-establish user lateral connections withoutexcavation.

D. Provision of by-pass pumping of flows around the pipeline affected by the lining process.This by-pass system must be a leak-proof system.

E. Televising and videotaping of reconstructed sewer line sections (“after”).

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 1.5) Installation of the sewer cured in place pipe lining system shallbe performed by an experienced contractor. The contractor shall provide evidence of CIPPexperience.

122

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 1.6) Furnish the following:

A. Manufacturers Literature and Data, including physical characteristics, application andinstallation instructions, and recommendations for:

1. Flexible Liner Material2. Line Design Thickness3. Resin System

B. Procedure Report: A written report outlining the step-by-step procedures for the executionof the relining operations (i.e. length, line obstructions, excavation, etc.) shall be submittedby the Contractor prior to the commencement of work. Any deviation from the pre-specifiedplan for the relining operation must be presented prior to execution.

C. Tests: Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as specified herein andaccording to the applicable ASTM specifications. A certificate of compliance with thisspecification shall be furnished by the manufacturer for all material furnished under thisspecification.

D. Independent Testing Report: A report listing independent testing of the CIPP structuralproperties and the results of these tests.

DESIGN (Sec. 2)

GENERAL: (Sec. 2.1) The Contractor shall include the recommended tube thickness for eachmanhole to manhole section within the scope of work, and shall supply design calculations indicatinghow the tube thickness dimensions were obtained. Each tube shall be designed to withstand internaland/or external loads as dictated by site conditions. Design calculations shall be in strict accordancewith ASTM F-1216.93-X.I. Assume pipe ovality 3% and water loading 50% of average depth.

CAPACITY: (Sec. 2.2) The reconstructed pipe shall be designed such that the resulting capacity ofthe pipe is equal to or greater than that of the existing pipe. In order to maximize the capacity of thereconstructed pipe the inside diameter must be as large as possible, therefore increasing the effluentcarrying area of the pipe. The chart below lists acceptable inside diameters of the reconstructed pipe.

ORIGINAL PIPE CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE

I.D.(Inches)

AREA(Sq. Inches)

I.D.(Inches)

AREA(Sq. Inches)

% LOSS ofArea

8 50.3 7.528 44.5 12

10 78.3 9.528 71.3 9

12 113.1 11.528 104.4 8

The contractor may require occasional deviation from this chart where unique circumstances warrantsuch an action. Final approval rests with the owner’s engineer or contracting officer.

SIZING: (Sec. 2.3) The tube shall be designed to a size that, when cured, will fit tightly against theinternal circumference of the original conduit; this tight fit minimizes loss of original pipe size.

123

Allowance for longitudinal and circumferential stretching of the tube during installation shall bemade by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall design the length of the tube to effectively carry out installation and sealing atend points. The contractor shall verify pipe dimensions shown on contract drawings before designingand reconstructing pipe.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 2.4) The tubes shall be designed to withstand negotiation of offsets, gaps,angles (not more than 90 degrees), and grades without damage to the tube during the installationprocess. Individual runs can be made over one or more manhole-to-manhole sections, as determinedin the field by the Contractor. The tubes shall be inverted in accordance with ASTM F-1216-93.

MATERIALS: (Sec. 3) The flow line shall be accessible from each manhole.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS: (Sec. 3.1) General: The liner shall be fabricated from materialswhich, when cured, will be chemically resistant to withstand internal exposure to sewage gasescontaining normal levels for domestic sewage of hydrogen sulfide, carbon monoxide, carbondioxide, methane, traces of mercaptains, kerosene, saturation with moisture, dilute sulfuric acid,external exposure to soil bacteria, and any chemical attack which may be due to materials in thesurrounding ground.

Felt Content and Liner: The felt content shall be determined by the contractor and approved by theengineer for each line section. Thickness of cured liner to be as specified (-10%; +5%) and shall notinclude the thickness of the polyurethane inner liner. The polyurethane liner shall be 12-18 mils inthickness.

Resin Content: The resin content of the liner shall be 85 percent by volume of the final vacuumimpregnated felt tube.

MATERIALS: (Sec. 3.2) General: All materials used in the installation process shall provide, afterthe curing process, the minimum mechanical properties listed herein. All

materials shall be approved prior to the installation into the existing piping. Any rejected materialshall be replaced with approved materials at the contractors’ expense.

Resin: The polyester or vinylester resin shall be a resin for general chemical applications approvedin advance of installation.

Fillers and Pigments: The polyester resin used shall not contain fillers, except those required forviscosity control. Up to 5 percent by mass, thixotropic agent, which will not interfere with visualinspection, may be added for viscosity control. Resins may contain pigments, dyes, enhances, orcolorants which will not interfere with viscosity control.

Epoxy Resin: The use of epoxy resins compatible with the system to impregnate the liner may bepermitted in some circumstances. The use of up to 40 percent by mass of suitable fillers may bepermitted. The use of epoxy resin in any liner may be specified by the contractor, if conditions aredeemed to warrant their use for approval.

Reinforcing Material: The reinforcing material of the liner shall be of a needle interlocked terylenefelt or other material as approved. Liners may be made of single or multiple layer construction whereany layer must not be less than 1.5 mm thick. A suitable mechanical strengthener membrane or stripsmay be sandwiched in between layers where required to control longitudinal stretching. The

124

minimum thickness of a bonded polyurethane membrane and inner liner, if used, shall be 0.25 mm+ 5 percent and shall not affect the structural dimension requirements of the cured in place piping.

Mechanical Properties: The cured in place pipe shall meet the following minimum strengthrequirements:

Tensile Strength @ Yield 20 C 2,500 psiFlexural Strength 5,000 psiFlexural Modulus of Elasticity 300,000 psiImpact Strength 1.5 ft.-lb/in Shear Strength 7,000 psiModulus of Elasticity-Long-Term 125,000 psiHardness (Barcol) 33Heat Distortion Temperature 70 C

Minimum thickness of finished liner for 4” pipe = 3. 0 mmMinimum thickness of finished liner for 6” pipe = 4.5 mmMinimum thickness of finished liner for 8”, 10” and 12” pipe = 4.5 mm

Finish: The finished lining shall be continuous over the entire length of an insertion run between twomanholes and be as free as commercially practical from visual defects such as foreign inclusions,dry sports, pinholes and delamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage fromthe pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to the inside of the lined pipe.

The inner surface shall be free of cracks and crazing with smooth finish and with an average of notover 2 parts per square foot, providing the pits are less than 3 mm diameter and not over 1 mm deepand are covered with a sufficient resin to avoid exposure to the inner fabric. Some minor wavinessthat will not appreciably decrease the flow cross-section or affect the flow characteristics or be thecause of a possible chokeage may be permissible if approved by the contracting officer.

EXECUTION: (Sec. 4)

Cured In Place Pipe Liner Installation: (Sec. 4.1) General: The contractor shall deliver the uncuredresin impregnated liner to the site, provide all equipment required to install the liner into the conduitand cure it once in place. The liner shall be impregnated with resin not more than 24 hours beforethe proposed time of installation and stored out of direct sunlight in a closed container, andrefrigerated to a temperature of less than 70 degrees F. The impregnated liner shall be transportedto the site just prior to installation in a suitable light proof container.

Liner Installation: The liner will be installed into the conduit from a suitable platform located abovethe manhole or other point of installation. All labor and material required for installation shall beincluded in the unit price.

Cured In Place Pipe: The contractor shall supply a suitable heat source and water recirculationequipment capable of delivering hot water to the far end of the liner to quickly and uniformly raisethe water temperature in the entire liner above the temperature required to commence the exothermicreaction of the resin, as determined by the catalyst system employed.

The heat source shall be fitted with suitable monitors to gauge the temperature of the incoming andoutgoing water supply to determine when uniform temperature is achieved throughout the length ofthe liner. Water temperature in the liner during the initial and post cure period shall not be less than

125

120 degrees F or more than 200 degrees F, or as specified by the resin supplier. Live steam shall notbe permitted to enter the curing liner. In addition to the gauges on the incoming and outgoing watersupply, there shall be thermo couples placed between the liner and the sewer pipe at the end of theliner being cured to accurately measure the liner temperature. The contractor shall submit, in writing,for approval, no less than 15 days prior to beginning work, his method of monitoring line curingtemperatures.

A record of the reading of the thermocouple shall be kept and presented for each section lined.

PRIOR TO LINE INSTALLATION: (Sec. 4.2) The following procedures prior to liner installationshall be adhered to:

Cleaning of Sewer Line: Prior to a cured in place lining of pipe or line so designated, it shall be theresponsibility of the contractor to clean debris out of the sewer line in accordance with 7th editiondated Jury 1991, National Association of Sewer Contractor (NASSCO) Specification. This workshall be considered as a part of Cured in Place Pipe rehabilitation for the appropriate pipe size andrequired manhole. Definitions of light, medium, and heavy pipe cleaning.

Light cleaning – where it has been determined through a visual inspection that only small depositsof loose debris, 1 to 2 inches in depth, exists within the pipeline.

Medium cleaning – where it has been determined through a visual inspection that medium depositsof loose debris, 2 to 4 inches in depth, exists within the pipeline.

Heavy cleaning – where it has been determined through a visual inspection that heavy deposits ofloose debris or root growth exists within the pipeline. Heavy equipment will be used to facilitate theremoval of heavy deposits.

Bypassing Sewage: The contractor shall bypass the sewage around the sections of sewer that are tobe lined. The bypass shall be made by plugging an existing upstream manhole, if necessary, andpumping the sewage into a downstream manhole of capacity and size to handle the flow. At the endof each working day, temporary tie-in shall be made between the relined section and the existingsystem and the bypass plug removed, but only after relined section has been cured for the proper timelimit.

Line Obstructions: It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to clear the liner of obstructions andsolids that will prevent the insertion of the liner.

Pipe Repair: Any pipe repair required to reline the pipe shall be made by the contractor prior torelining.

SERVICE CONNECTIONS: (Sec. 4.3) Opening of Service Connections: After the liner has beencured, all existing active services shall be reconnected, as directed by the owner.

The recommendation of services shall be done, unless otherwise directed by the Contracting Officewithout excavation, from the interior of the pipeline by means of a television camera directed cuttingdevice. Location of the service shall be from the pre-cured in place pipe inspection records andcamera observation.

The camera directed cutting device shall reestablish the service. The cost of testing for and re-connection service shall be included as a separate cost line item based upon unit cost per connection.

126

VIDEO TAPING: (Sec. 4.4) After the work on a delivery order is completed, the contractor shallsupply a videotape or tapes showing the section of pipe being rehabilitated in its cleaned “before”condition and then followed by the “after” cured in place pipe lined condition. If in a section ofrehabilitated pipe lateral connections are to be opened, the service connection reinstatements are tobe recorded on video tape and they will be placed between the “before” and “after” on the final tape.The cost of this item shall be included in the cost line item for the cured in place pipe.

Upon completion of installation work the contractor shall restore the project area affected by hisoperation and perform any surface restoration in accordance with these Specifications. The cost ofthis item shall be included in the cost line item for the cured in place pipe.

EXPERIENCE, REFERENCES AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS: (Sec. 5.0) All bidders shallsupply the following:

1. All applicable installation data as it relates to the method of installation and number of yearsexperience of the installation crew.

2. A project installation list of all past projects in the State of Ohio having a scope equal to orabove the scope of the proposed project. Five years experience with a minimum of fiveprojects similar to that of the proposed project is required.

3. A statement on the bid form which indicates that bidders have reviewed the entire projectsite, and have taken into consideration access/restoration requirements that must be met inorder to successfully complete the project.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 6. 0) Payment for (CIPP) shall be a unit price per liner foot, said price shallinclude all work labor and material required to complete the work described in this specification.

127

FORCE MAIN IN PLACE

ITEM 925

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, Materials and equipment, and lay and join all sewerpipe which is necessary for the proper completion of the work, as shown on the Drawings andSpecified herein.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Sheeting and Timbering (LIP) Indefinite Item 700PVC Pressure Pipe Sewers Item 1410Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) All pipe and fittings furnished under this Item shall comply with the latestASTM Specifications as shown below:

Force Main ASTMSpecs.

ServiceConnection

Reference ItemItem

PVC Pressure Pipe D-1784 n/a 1410

NOTE TO BIDDER: The Contractor shall specify the kind of pipe he proposes to furnish andindicate same on the Bid Schedule.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) All sewer Force Main and fittings shall be installed as specified in therespective Item for the type of pipe selected.

Contractor shall use care during installation to ensure that proper bedding procedures, andcompaction of bedding, is performed.

TESTING: (Sec. 05) The Force Main constructed under this Item shall be tested as specified underthe Item for Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers.

If PVC Force Main is installed, a deflection test as specified in Item 1410 shall be performed.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 06) The actual number of feet of Force Main installed in accordance with thespecifications, measured along the axis after the pipe has been installed.

DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

ITEM 1000

(Includes Items 1000 through 1009)

128

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish, install, connect, test and if required, sterilize all cast and/orductile iron pipe, fittings and wall castings, including joint materials, coatings and linings as shownon the Drawings and specified herein.

Earth excavation, backfill and bedding for buried pipe are included in this Item.

The following, if required, shall be furnished and paid for in their respective Items.

Rock Excavation Item 125Granular Backfill Item 165Concrete Item 500

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Work and/or materials to be performed and/or furnished inaccordance with other Items but included for payment in this Item are:

Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Sheeting and Timbering, Left in Place Item 700Testing of Pipelines and Sewers Item 1600Sterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tanks Item 1700

Applicable portions of the latest revision of the following specifications shall be included as a partof this Specification.

ANSI - American National-Standards InstituteASTM - American Society for Testing and MaterialsAWWA - American Water Works AssociationODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Materials

Specifications

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) This Item includes all cast and ductile iron pipe, fittings and wall castings,according to the designations listed below, together with joints and jointing materials, inside andoutside protective coatings, couplings, expansion joints, drilling and tapping, testing andsterilization.

Fittings are defined as any straight pipe three feet or less in length, bends, tees, laterals, filler pieces,reducers, reducing bends, etc., with or without bases, of whatever shape or dimensions, and any pipeof whatever length having two bells.

Wall castings are defined as any special pipe as listed in the wall casting schedule, or marked as awall casting on the Drawings.

Yard piping is that pipe requiring excavation and terminating at the outside face of structure wallsor at the bottom of floor slabs. Piping (structures) is that pipe requiring no excavation.

129

DESIGNATION: (Sec. 04) The following designations correspond to the numbers stipulated in theproposal and indicate the materials required:

ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION1000 L.F. Ductile Iron Pipe, includes pipe and fittings (Distribution Systems

and Force Mains)

1001 L.F. Ductile Iron Pipe, Cement Lined, includes pipe and fittings(Distribution Systems)

1002 Ton Ductile Iron Pipe, M.J., includes pipe only (Yard Piping)

1003 Ton Ductile Iron Pipe, M.J., includes pipe only (Structures)

1004 Ton Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings, M.J., (Yard and Structures)

1005 Ton Ductile Iron Pipe, Flanged

1006 Ton Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings, Flanged

1007 Ton Ductile Iron Pipe, Glass Lined, includes fittings, (Yard)

1008 Ton Ductile Iron Pipe, Glass Lined, includes fittings (Structures)

1009 Ton Cast Iron Wall Castings

Gray cast iron pipe is a suitable substitute for ductile iron pipe if approved by the Engineer andfurnished at no additional cost.

PIPE AND FITTINGS: (Sec. 05) Pipe and fittings shall comply with the following standards unlessspecified otherwise:

Ductile iron pipe, AWWA C151.

Rubber gasket joints for pipe with bell and spigot, push-on, or mechanical joints for all pressureclasses, AWWA C111.

Flanged pipe, with threaded flanges AWWA C115.

Flange facing and drilling, ANSI B16.1 for 125 lb. rating and B16.2 for 250 lb. rating.

Fittings for all types of joints and 125 lb. and 250 lb. pressure ratings, AWWA C110.

Joint materials, AWWA C 111.

River crossing pipe, AWWA C151 with pipe, bell and gland made of ductile iron. Bolts and gaskets,AWWA C111.

Locked mechanical joint pipe shall be rated for 250 psi water working pressure with wall thicknessadded to compensate for the locking ring groove.

130

PROTECTIVE COATINGS AND LININGS: (Sec. 06) Coat the outside of all pipe and fittings andthe inside of all pipe and fittings which are not cement lined with a coal-tar or asphalt basebituminous coating per AWWA C151. Clean castings of rust and foreign matter before coating. Wallcastings to be inserted in concrete walls may be either uncoated or coated on their exterior; uncoatedexteriors are preferred, but are not mandatory.

Interior piping which is to be painted may be furnished with a prime coat of Tnemec 77 ChemPrimer, Koppers Pug Primer or equal in lieu of coat-tar coating.

Where shown on the Drawings, install cast iron pipe with an 8 mil polyethylene encasement,AWWA C105.

Cement Lining: Cement line all pipe and fittings used for potable water distribution systems in strictconformity with AWWA C104 standard specifications for Cement-Mortar Lining for Cast Iron andDuctile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water, standard thickness, unless otherwise specified. Applybituminous seal coat inside after the lining has cured.

Furnish with each shipment of cement mortar lined pipe two copies of a certification that all cementlining meets the requirements of AWWA C104.

Cement lining shall not be used for force mains or lines located in water or wastewater treatmentplants, or lift stations, unless specifically noted on the Drawings.

Glass Lined Pipe: Where specified or shown on the Drawings, line the inside of pipe with SG-14,as manufactured by the Permutit Company, Paramus, NJ, SL-31 as manufactured by CeramicCoating Company, Newport, KY, or equal, with a thickness of . 008” – 012”, a hardness of 400 onthe Knoop scale or five to six on the Mohs scale, and a density of 2.5 to 3. 0 grams per cubiccentimeter.

Hold field cutting to an absolute minimum. Spalling shall not occur more than one-eight inch fromthe cut, with no fish-scaling or crazing beyond this point. Follow the recommendations of themanufacturer when cutting pipe.

Inspect each fitting or piece of pipe before installing to insure that there are no defects in the lining.Any piece having a break in the lining shall be rejected.

Polypropylene Lining: Where shown on the Drawings furnish ductile iron pipe with polypropylenelining. Use only virgin polypropylene with the following physical properties:

Tensile Strength 4500-5200 psiElongation 200%Specific Gravity 0.90 – 0.92

Minimum liner wall thickness shall be as follows:

1” and 1 ½” pipe .150”2” and 3” pipe .175”4” pipe .210”6” pipe .240”8” and 10” pipe .285”

131

Provide flange sealing surfaces and 1/16” vent holes as recommended by the lining manufacturer.Face plates must remain in place during storage and handling; remove only for installation. Followmanufacturer recommendations for handling and installing.

HANDLING AND INSTALLATION: (Sec. 07) Use suitable tools and equipment for the safe andconvenient handling and laying of the pipe and fittings as described in the pamphlet “Guides forInstallation of Ductile Iron Pipe and Gray Cast Iron Water Mains”, published by the Ductile IronPipe Research Association. Unload pipe, fittings and accessories from cars or trucks with hoists orby skidding.

Under no circumstances shall pipe be dropped. Do not skid nor roll against pipe already on theground. Castings and lining must not be damaged; but, should slight damage occur to linings, repairsmay be made at the site to the satisfaction of the Resident Representative.

Just prior to installing any pipe or fittings, it shall be subject to inspection and approval by theResident Representative. Use no broken, cracked, imperfectly coated, unsatisfactory or damagedpipe. Contractor is fully responsible for the material installed.

Thoroughly clean all pipe and fittings before they are installed and keep clean until the work iscompleted.

All pipe in buildings, tunnels and tanks shall be properly supported by cast iron, malleable iron,wrought iron or steel brackets or hangers, or by concrete piers, as shown on the Drawings, specifiedor as required.

Lay buried pipe on bedding material. Use adequate means to prevent settlement. Bedding shall begravel, crushed limestone or slag, No.6, 67 or 68 gradation, per Table 703-1 of the ODOTSpecifications, free from dirt and other deleterious materials, well tamped and laid on undisturbedearth or well tamped backfill. Uniformly support pipe throughout except bell holes are required forproper installation of the joints. Use no slag for bedding or backfill. Lay no pipe or fitting within sixinches of solid rock or a boulder.

When the pipes (new or existing) require cutting to fit in the lines, cut at right angles to the axis ofthe pipe leaving a smooth cut. No measurement will be made for the portion cut off if not installed.

Wall Casting Option: In lieu of wall castings the Contractor may, if approved by the Engineer,provide and install modular mechanical type sealing assemblies. Seal assembly shall provide awatertight seal between the pipe and the sleeve and shall include a steel sleeve and seals ofinterlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe andthe sleeve. Sleeves shall be provided with water stops at the center of the wall. Provide corrosionprotected carbon steel bolts, nuts and pressure plates. Each assembly shall be sized as recommendedby the manufacturer to fit the pipe and sleeve involved.

JOINTS: (Sec. 08) Joints shall be as indicated on the Drawings.

Mechanical Joints: Join all mechanical joint pipe and fittings using rubber or neoprene gaskets andcast iron (ASRM A-48) follower glands. Use tee head bolts and hex nuts of corten steel alloyed withcopper (0.5%), nickel (0.5%) and chromium (1%).

Clean the inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot by wire brushing just before making thejoint to remove rust and foreign material. Bring the follower gland toward the pipe flange evenly.Tighten joint bolts with approved wrenches to the tension recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

132

Whenever connections are made between cast iron mechanical joint pipe or fittings and pipe orfittings of other material, use an approved type of transition gasket in the mechanical joint.

Push-On Joints: Join pipe with push-on joints with a rubber ring gasket inserted in the bell end. Allrubber gaskets shall bear the identifying mark of the manufacturer, gasket size, and the year ofmanufacture. Rubber shall be all new natural or synthetic having the mechanical properties requiredfor the service.

Clean the inside of the bell and the outside of the spigot by wire brushing just before making thejoint. Use lubricant recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

Flanged Joints: Align connecting flanges so that no external force is required to bring them together.Use gaskets, bolts or studs, and nuts meeting the following specifications:

Bolts: ASTM A-307, Grade B with ANSI B18.2 Hexagon heads, ASNI B1.1 coarse threadseries, Class 2A fit.

Studs: ASTM A-108, ANSI B1.1 coarse thread series, Class 2A fit.

All studs and nuts used in wall castings, either flanged or mechanical joint in contract witha liquid, or underground shall be 304 stainless steel.

Nuts: ASTM A-307 ANSI B18.2 heavy hexagon dimension, ANSI B1.1 coarse thread series,Class 2B fit.

Cadmium plate bolts and nuts after the threads are cut. Cadmium plating, shall have athickness of 0.0003 to 0.0005 inch.

Gaskets: Use full face or ring type red rubber gaskets, one sixteenth inch thick in all flangedjoints, except that one-eighth inch thick gaskets may be used in runs of pipe over 30 feet inlength.

Grooved Joints: Use grooved joints where shown on the Drawings. Pipe Joints shall be flexibleunless noted as rigid, Victaulic Style 31, Gruvajoint by Aeroquip or equal.

Bell and Spigot Joints: Bell and spigot joints will not be permitted unless shown on the Drawingsor required to make connections to existing piping.

COUPLING: (Sec. 09) Couplings buried in the ground or submerged in water, sewage or sludgeshall be Dresser Style 53, Rockwell 431 or equal; couplings installed on pipe exposed in buildingsor above ground shall be Dresser Style 38, Rockwell 411 or equal, for cast iron pipe; Dresser Style62, Rockwell 415, or equal shall be used to join cast iron and steel pipe.

Middle rings of the couplings shall have a length of not less than seven inches, and a thickness ofsix inch to twelve inch pipe of not less than one-quarter inch, and for pipe fourteen inches indiameter and over, not less than five-sixteenths of an inch.

After the installation of couplings that will be buried or submerged, paint the entire coupling,including all nuts and bolts, with two coats of coal tar enamel.

EXPANSION JOINTS: (Sec. 10) Expansion joints, when called for on the Drawings shall haveintegral duck and rubber flanges, with individual solid steel ring reinforcement and a carcass of

133

highest grade woven cotton or acceptable synthetic fiber. Joints shall be pipe line size, and meetworking pressures, conditions and face to face measurements as designated. They shall be of an arch-type construction with the number of arches (corrugations) dependent on projected movement.Expansion joints shall be designed for the appropriate temperatures. Furnish split back-up (orretaining) rings. Furnish control units when movements are projected over and above allowable forthe joint. All joints shall be finish-coated with Hypalon paint to prevent ozone attack.

The joints shall be Style 500 (pressure) or Style 700 (vacuum or vacuum-pressure) manufactured byMercer Rubber Co., Trenton, NJ, 204 or 206 by Garlock Packing Co., Palmyra, NY, or 4140 or 4150by U.S. Rubber Co., or equal.

DRILLING AND TAPPING: (Sec. 11) Drill and tap pipe and fittings to provide for drainage plugs,house service lines, air vents, or any other piping as required. Drill all holes accurately at right anglesto the axis of any pipe, fitting, or face of plugs.

Whenever the wall thickness of the pipe or fitting to be tapped is such that it will not permit enoughthreads equal to, or greater than, the normal engagement of American Standard Pipe Threads, furnishand install a piece of pipe or a fitting with cast-in-place boss suitable for drilling and taping or a castiron tapped saddle. Include payment for saddle and installation (if required) in the unit price for thepipe.

PIPE BUILT IN MASONRY: (Sec. 12) VI/here shown on the Drawings, or where necessary, supportthe pipe and fittings by masonry. Wherever openings in concrete are left during construction andpipes grouted in place, provide a keyway in the concrete and use a non-shrinking grout.

PAINTING: (Sec. 13) All field painting of pipe and fittings (if required), except as specificallyprovided in this Item, shall be performed and paid for in Item 3600, Painting.

MARKING: (Sec. 14) Mark all pipe and fittings in accordance with the applicable AWWA standard.Paint an identification number on each piece to agree with a Bill of Material and layout drawingfurnished to the Resident Representative prior to the start of the pipe installation. The Contractorshall also keep a copy of the Bill of Material and layout drawing in his field office.

SHOP DRAWINGS: (Sec. 15) Furnish the following to the Engineer for approval:

1. Class of pipe.2. Pipe material specification.3. Details of all flexible connections.4. Location of all flexible connections not shown on the Drawings.5. Details and specification for all joint accessories.6. Any deviations from the Drawings and the reason for the deviation.

TESTING: (Sec. 16) Shop test each piece of pipe by hydrostatic pressure before shipment from thefactory. Submit the manufactures certificate in duplicate stating that all pipe meets the requirementsof these Specifications.

After the complete line, or a reasonable portion thereof, has been installed, test in accordance withItem 1600. Testing Pipe Lines and Sewers. Backfill buried lines before testing.

Make necessary repairs or replacements and retest the line until the requirements for tightness aremet and the installation is satisfactory to the Resident Representative.

134

STERILIZATION: (Sec. 17) After completion of the installation of potable water lines, flush anddisinfect in accordance with Item 1700. Sterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tanks.

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. 18) This Item, 1000, shall include surface clean up immediately followingbackfilling, removal of all surplus excavation, pipe broken concrete, stones, and all miscellaneousdebris. Rough grade to provide drainage.

PAYMENT: (Sec. 19) Included with other sections.

Lineal Feet: The length of cast iron pipe line to be measured for payment shall be the total length ofpipe, including fittings, valves, etc., actually placed in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications,or as required, and measured along the centerline of the pipes.

Where existing pipe is cut and fittings or valves are installed in the existing pipe for connecting toa new main, the laying length of the new pipe, fittings and valves installed in the existing line shallbe included in the length measured for payment, except where specifically included under otherItems of the Specifications. Payment for pipe or fittings included in other Items, such as bridges andhighway crossings, special crossings, or system connections, shall be included for payment in theirrespective Items.

Weight: Include for payment in this Item, the number of tons actually placed in accordance with theDrawings, Specifications, or as required. Weight of individual pieces shall be taken from suppliers’shipping lists or invoices, except as limited below. Do not include weights of bolts, nuts, gaskets,follower rings, glands, lead, oakum, paint and other joint accessories.

Flanged Cast Iron Fittings: Include for payment in this Item the weight of flanged fittings actuallyfurnished and placed in accordance with the Drawings, and Specifications, as required.

Cast Iron Wall Castings: Include for payment in this Item the total weight of wall castings, as definedherein, actually installed in the finished work in accordance with the Drawings.

The total weight of the various categories of ductile or cast iron pipe, fittings etc., shall not exceedthe sum of standard, weights by the following percentages:

Bell and spigot, mechanical joint or push-on pipe 2%Bell and spigot, mechanical joint or push-on fittings 10%Flanged pipe 5%Flanged pipe fittings 10%Wall casting 12%

Standard weights shall be those given in the Handbook, Ductile Iron Pipe, Cast Iron Pipe publishedby the Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association.

135

CORRUGATED METAL PIPE

ITEM 1050

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to installcorrugated metal pipe as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. The following related workshall be furnished in this Item where applicable:

Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Concrete Item 500Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers (if required) Item 1600

Rock excavation if required shall be performed in accordance with Item 125, Rock Excavation andBackfill and paid for in that Item if this is a unit price proposal.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Applicable portions of the latest revision of the followingSpecifications shall be included as a part of this Specification.

ODOT- Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material Specifications.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Include all necessary earth excavation and backfill, coatings, linings,connection bands, concrete for joints and bedding if called for, to complete the work as specified andindicated on the Drawings.

All pipe furnished in this Item shall comply with Section 707 of the ODOT Specifications in so faras applicable.

All pipe shall be galvanized.

MATERIAL: (Sec. 04) All pipe 24 inches or less in diameter shall be fabricated from 16 gaugesheets. The gauge of metal of larger sized pipe shall be as indicated on the Drawings, or as calledfor in the proposal.

Furnish pipe with bituminous coatings, linings and/or paved inverts where indicated or specified.Provide coated and lined pipe sections with two lifting lugs or brackets so that they may be handledwithout damaging the coating or the lining.

Couplings: Make field connections between pipes with coupling bands as specified in Section 707of the ODOT Specifications. All coupling bands shall be galvanized, bituminous coated if specified,and shall insure the concentric alignment of the adjacent pipe sections. The bands shall be IndexedInto the inboard corrugations of the pipe and be a minimum width of 10-1/2 inches. Bands shall havea single harness consisting of two bolts through a strap-bar assembly.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 05) Lay corrugated metal pipe to specified lines and grades and with theends poured in place at structures. The junction of corrugated metal pipe with vitrified clay, concrete,or other pipes, shall be encased in Class C concrete not less than four inches thick for a length of twofeet.

All earth excavation and backfill shall be performed as per Item 120, Earth Excavation and Backfill.

Lay corrugated metal pipe in bedding, well tamped in six inch layers, to the limits as indicated on

136

the Drawings, uniformly supported throughout its entire length.

Bedding material shall be gravel, crushed limestone or slag, #6, 67 or 68 gradation as specified inTable 703-1 of the ODOT Specifications.

Should the coating of any piece of pipe or band become damaged in a small area, it may be touchedup with the same material as was used in the original coating provided the Resident Representativeapproves.

The Contractor shall have on hand a supply of coating material which is the same as that applied atthe time of the manufacture of the pipe or band.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 06) For unit price proposals the length of the various sizes and types ofcorrugated metal pipe to be measured for payment under this Item shall be the actual length of eachsize and type of pipe furnished and placed in accordance with these Specifications, measured alongthe axis after the pipe and fittings have been connected in place. Included is the necessary earthexcavation and backfill, coatings, connection bands, concrete for joints, bedding if called for, andthe furnishing of all labor, materials, tools and appliances necessary to complete the work asspecified or indicated on the Drawings.

137

VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE DRAINS AND SEWERS

ITEM 1200

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment and properly installvitrified clay pipe and fittings as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Items of work and/or materials to be performed and/or furnishedand inducted for payment in this Item are:

Earth excavation and Backfill Item 120Concrete Item 500Sheeting and Timbering Indefinite Item 700Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600

Applicable portions of the latest revision of the following specifications shall be included as a partof these specifications:

ASTM American Society of Testing and MaterialsODOT Ohio Department of Transportation

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM C700 Vitrified Clay Pipe ExtraStrength, Standard Strength, and Perforated. Pipe and fittings shall be extra strength unless otherwisespecified.

Compression joints shall conform to ASTM C425

Vitrified clay pipe and fittings with factory applied PVC collar, conforming to ASTM D-1784, Class12454-B, or with factory applied fiberglass reinforced polyester collar may be furnished.

Glazed or unglazed pipe may be furnished. Pipe between adjacent manholes shall be the same type.

Old pipe or fittings previously used will not be allowed in the work.

Pipe over six inch nominal inside diameter shall be provided in minimum four foot lengths, exceptto make closures.

Bedding material shall conform to ASTM D-2321 CL-II.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) Methods of handling, unloading, cutting and joining pipe shall be inaccordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Pipe, fittings and specials shall be installedin accordance with ASTM Specifications.

C-12, “Standard Recommended Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines.”

Pipe fittings and specials shall be carefully examined by the Contractor and Resident Representativefor defects just before laying. No pipe or fitting shall be used which is known to be defective. Pipeand fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before being laid.

138

Excavation and backfill shall be done as specified in the applicable Item for Excavation and Backfilland within the measurement limits shown on the Drawings, except as modified by the sectioncovering “Additional Authorized Excavation” in the Item for Earth Excavation and Backfill.

Pipe shall be laid in well Compacted bedding material, placed on undisturbed earth or wellcompacted foundation material. Pipe shall be uniformly supported throughout its length except forthe bell holes required for the proper installation of the joints. The ends or shoulder of each pipe shallabut against the adjacent pipe in such manner that there will be no unevenness along the inverts.

No pipe shall be laid in water or on frozen trench bottom, or when in the opinion of the ResidentRepresentative the trench conditions or the weather are unsuitable for such work.

Pipe delivered for the installation shall be strung so as to minimize the entrance of foreign material.At the end of the day, and at such other times that work is not in progress, all openings in thepipeline shall be plugged. Joints of all pipe in the trench shall be completed before work is stopped.If water accumulates in the trench, the plugs shall remain in place until the trench is dewatered.

The Contractor shall use a laser beam for establishing line and grade. The method used shall be asrecommended by the manufacturer of the laser equipment and must be satisfactory to the ResidentRepresentative. The laser beam shall not be of greater power than 2.5 milliwatts (0.0025). TheResident Representative will provide reference points for line and grade in sufficient numbers tomake possible the efficient use of the laser beam equipment.

The Contractor shall not deviate from the required line or grade without the written consent of theConsulting Engineer.

No pipe shall be laid until a sufficient length of trench has been properly prepared to permit layingat least twelve (12) feet of pipe at one time.

CONCRETE CRADLE, ARCH OR ENCASEMENT: (Sec. 05) Concrete used to encase or supportthe pipe shall be paid for under the Concrete Item. Concrete used for the encasement of vertical droppipes, tees and ells associated with drop manholes, and for encasement of service stacks shall beincluded with the respective item.

Wherever Type A (Concrete) bedding or arch is used instead of granular material due to exceedingthe measurement limits of the trench, no payment will be made for the concrete used. Concrete shallbe as specified in the Item for Concrete. Care shall be taken to prevent flotation of the pipe. All TypeA bedding shall be placed on undisturbed earth or well compacted backfill.

WYES, STACKS, SERVICE SEWER, AND RECONNECTIONS: (Sec. 06) Y branches, servicestacks and house service sewers shall be 6 inches in diameter unless specifically shown or called foras a different size.

Each Y branch shall consist of furnishing and placing a Y branch in the main sewer, straight piperiser, elbow at the top of the stack, stoppers, if required, concrete encasement, additional excavation,and location marker. A stack shall be used only when the centerline of the trunk or street sewer ismore than four (4) feet below the expected elevation of the house service at the street sewer unlessotherwise shown on the Drawings.

Each standard service sewer shall consist of all earth excavation and backfill, granular bedding

139

material, furnishing and installing all straight and curved pipe at the grade determined by theResident Representative, (0.62% min.) from the Y branch or service stack to the property line, unlessotherwise shown on the Drawings, or to the point of reconnection to an existing service sewer.Included shall be all joint materials, adaptors if required, stoppers, location markers, testing andclean-up.

Reconnection of existing service sewers shall consist of locating the existing service sewers,maintaining flow as required, all required earth excavation and backfill, bedding, disconnection ofthe existing service sewer from the existing trunk or street sewer, removal of existing service seweras is necessary, securely plugging the discontinued service sewer when required, providing andinstalling adapters if connecting different types of pipe, and making a proper connection to the newservice sewer.

Y branches, service stacks and service sewer required for the proper completion of a reconnectionshall be furnished and installed under this Item.

The location of Y branches and service stacks shall be marked with a one-half inch diameter steelpin, 30 inches long. Ends of service sewers shall be marked by a precast concrete cylinder, 4 inchesdiameter x 30 inches long, with the top flush with the surface of the ground.

Were curbs are available, the location of each service sewer shall be marked by a two inch cross cutinto the top of the curb on the side of the street to be served by the service sewer.

In all cases the open ends of Y branches, service stacks and pipes shall be securely closed withcarefully fitted stoppers which will not move during field testing, and sealed to prevent the entranceof water, earth or other substance into the sewer. Approved plastic stoppers may be used if they fitproperly into the bell.

ABANDONING EXISTING SEWERS: (Sec. 07) Where existing sewer lines are encountered duringconstruction and are shown on the Drawings or determined by the Resident Representative to beabandoned, all broken pipe within the excavation limits of the new construction shall be removedto permit proper placement of bedding and new pipe. At locations where the sewer to be abandonedfalls outside of the excavation limits, broken and cracked pipe shall be removed back to a sound jointwhere a masonry plug shall be constructed of brick and mortar to completely seal the abandonedsewer from the infiltration of soil and water. The cost of abandoning existing sewers, includingremoval of broken and cracked pipe and installing plugs, shall be included in the unit price bid forinstalling new pipe.

SHOP DRAWINGS: (Sec. 08) Submit shop drawings as required of these Specifications. Includedshall be pipe materials, dimensions, joint details and certification that materials conform to theapplicable standards.

FIELD TESTING: (Sec. 09) Upon completion of two manhole spans (Approximately 800 feet to1000 feet) the Contractor shall begin testing the first manhole span (approximately 400 feet to 500feet). Thereafter, testing shall be performed within 1000 feet of the pipe laying.

Test shall be infiltration, exfiltration or low pressure air test in accordance with the Item for Testingof Pipe lines and Sewers.

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. 10) This Item 1200, shall include surface clean-up, including removal of all

140

surplus excavation, pipe, broken concrete, stones, and all miscellaneous debris. Rough gradingproviding drainage shall be included.

The clean-up and disposal of the cleared materials shall be done as soon as practical after laying ofthe sewer pipe and as the Resident Representative may direct. However, clean-up work shall not fallbehind the pipe laying more than 800 feet. Should the Contractor not keep his clean-up work withinthe aforementioned distance the Contractor shall be required to cease further pipe laying until suchclean-up work is accomplished.

CLEANING OF PIPE: (Sec. 11) After completion of the pipe installation, and prior to acceptanceby the Owner, the Contractor shall, with the Owner or his representative, inspect the interior of thepipe. All foreign materials such as silt, gravel, debris, etc., shall be removed and disposed of off thesite.


141

CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS, DRAINS, AND SEWERS

ITEM 1210

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment and properly installreinforced and non-reinforced concrete pipe and fittings as shown on the Drawings and specifiedherein.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Items of work and/or materials to be performed and/or furnishedand included for payment in this Item are:

Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600Sheeting and Timbering (LIP) Indefinite Item 700

Applicable portions of the latest revision of the following specifications shall be included as a partof these specifications:

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

ODOT Ohio Department of Transportation

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe shall conform to the specification forconcrete Sewer, Storm Drain and Culvert Pipe, ASTM Designation C-14. Maximum size shall beeighteen inches.

Reinforced Concrete Pipe shall conform to the specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, StormDrain, and Sewer Pipe, ASTM Designation C76.

Concrete Wall Pieces shall be fabricated in accordance with the layout requirements.

Each pipe length shall have tongue and grooved ends formed on machined rings to insure accuratejoint surfaces. Diameters of tongue and grooved surfaces shall not vary from the theoreticaldiameters by more than one sixteenth (1/16) inch. All reinforced concrete pipe shall be supplied inminimum lengths of six feet.

Pipe using the “O” ring type joint shall be similarly formed but with a specially reinforced bell end.The reinforcing shall be adequate to meet all tensile stresses in the concrete caused by compressingthe rubber “O” ring. Joints shall conform to ASTM C443.

Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe shall comply in all respects with ASTM Designation CS07, andshall be horizontal elliptical (HE) or vertical elliptical (VE) of the class indicated on the Drawingsor in the proposal.

Lining for concrete pipe used in sanitary, or intercepting sewers, and when specified on theDrawings, shall be factory lined with a high-build, polyamide-cured, 2-Component coal tar epoxycoating, Military Specification, MIL-P23236. The lining compound shall be sprayed to obtain acontinuous and relatively uniform and smooth lining with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.03inches.

142

The entire interior of file pipe, the interior and end of the bell and the outside and end of the tongueshall be coated. Surfaces to be coated shall be brushed with a stiff broom or brush and then air blownto remove all dust, dirt, loose sand and latent. No surface shall be coated until all grease, oil andother contaminants are entirely removed. All pipe shall be thoroughly dry before applying coating.

Lining is not required for storm drains.

Bedding material shall be gravel, crushed limestone or slag, No.6, 67 or 68 gradation per table 703-1of the ODOT Specifications, free from dirt and other deleterious materials.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) Methods of handling, unloading, cutting and joining pipe shall be inaccordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Pipe, fittings and specials shall be installed in accordance with The American Concrete PipeAssociation.

Pipe, fittings and specials shall be carefully examined by the Contractor and Resident Representativefor defects just before laying. No pipe or fittings shall be used which is known to be defective. Pipeand fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before being laid.

Excavation and backfill shall be done as specified in the applicable Item for excavation and backfilland within the measurement limits shown on the Drawings, except as modified by the sectioncovering “Additional Authorized Excavation” in the Item for Earth Excavation and Backfill.

Pipe shall be laid in well compacted bedding material, placed on undisturbed earth or wellcompacted foundation material. Pipe shall be uniformly supported throughout its length except forthe bell holes required for the proper installation of the joints. The ends or shoulder of each pipe shallabut against the adjacent pipe in such manner that there will be not unevenness along the inverts.

No pipe shall be laid in water or on frozen trench bottom, or when in the opinion of the ResidentRepresentative the trench conditions or the weather are unsuitable for such work.

Pipe delivered for the installation shall be strung as to minimize the entrance of foreign material. Atthe end of the day, and at such other times that work is not in progress, all openings in the pipelineshall be plugged. Joints of all pipe in the trench shall be completed before work is stopped. If wateraccumulates in the trench, the plugs shall remain in place until the trench is dewatered.

Pipe larger than 18 inches shall be “homed” by using a winch and held in place with this equipmentuntil the succeeding length of pipe has been properly bedded and is in position to be jointed.

The Contractor shall use a laser beam for establishing line and grade. The method used shall be asrecommended by the manufacturer of the laser equipment and must be satisfactory to the ResidentRepresentative. The laser beam shall not be of greater power than 2.5 milliwatts (0.0025). Thecontinual visual check shall be provided by the laser equipment. The Resident Representative willprovide reference points for line and grade in sufficient numbers to make possible the efficient useof the laser beam equipment.


143

No pipe shall be laid until a sufficient length of trench has been properly prepared to permit layingat least one standard length of pipe at one time.

Immediately before laying pipe using rubber gaskets, the gasket on the tongue of the pipe and theinside of the groove of the bell shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with rubber cement, inaccordance with the gasket manufacturer’s recommendation. The pipe shall be lined up and thetongue end of the pipe forced into the grooved end of the previously laid pipe. The inside space shallbe constant at all points, and shall not exceed 3/16” to 1/4” when the joint is completed.

Whenever the standard type joint is used, the pipe bell shall be given a coat of Primer beforeapplying any joint compound. The lower half of the bell end shall be filled with joint compound andan oakum or jute gasket of proper thickness shall be embedded in the compound. This gasket shallbe about nine inches long and shall act as a spacer, to facilitate the invert line of the pipe being laidcoinciding with that of the pipe previously placed in position. After the pipe being laid is pushed“home” the entire annular space shall be filled with compound and pointed up so as to be smooth.The exterior of the joint shall be thoroughly filled, and, if pipe with a bell is used, the small annularspace is furnished, the jute or oakum space may be omitted if such omission is approved by theResident Representative. After any piece of pipe is in its permanent position, care shall be taken toprevent its movement. In case any movement takes place, the joint shall be checked and re-caulkedif necessary.

Lifting holes shall not be permitted.

JOINTS: (Sec. 05) Concrete pipe shall have either Premium or Standard type joints, as specified andcalled for on the Drawings or in the proposal.

Premium Type Joints shall be used on all sanitary or intercepting sewers, and on relief or othersewers, if specified. Premium joints shall be made with rubber gaskets, Hexseal, Tylox, O-Ring, orequal. The type of joint shall be approved by the Consulting Engineer prior to the placing of theorder for pipe by the Contractor.

Gaskets shall be made of special composition rubber in accordance with ASTM Designation C443with smooth surfaces free from all imperfections which shall assure a permanent, watertight seal.Gasket rubber shall meet the physical test requirements of ASTM C443.

The rubber gaskets shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Standard Type Joints shall be made with bituminous products thoroughly mixed with asbestos andother mineral matter to a homogenous consistency which shall have a flash point of 345E F.minimum, and shall not crack at a temperature of -10E F. The manufacturer’s instructions shall befollowed in using the material.

SPECIAL PIPE: (Sec. 06) Curves whenever required shall be made using beveled pipe, inaccordance with the curve data shown in the Drawings.

Provisions shall be made for placing of house service connection stubs, etc., in the location shownon the Drawings, or where required. A precast hole into which a stub is grouted in place with non-shrinking grout (Embeco or equal) after the pipe has been laid, shall be provided at such locations,and of such size as shown on the Drawings or required to receive house service connections andconnections from intersecting sewers. Stubs for pipe from intersecting sewers larger than eight

144

inches in diameter shall enter the new sewer at an angle of 45 degrees with the centerline of the newsewer. Entering the sewer and the edges of the opening shall be made smooth. Entering stubs shallbe fully supported during and after being grouted in place. The joint of all entering stubs larger thaneight inches in diameter shall be encased in concrete. No stub larger than twenty-four (24) inches indiameter shall be inserted into a precast pipe. All larger connections shall be made at junctionchambers.

All special shaped pipe, such as angle pipes, radius pipes, pipe with openings or slant stubs for pipeconnections as shown on the Drawings or required shall be provided and payment included in theunit price for the pipe. Lining will be required for all specials when used with lined sewer pipe.

All stubs shall be plugged unless connected to branch sewers or house connections.

CONCRETE CRADLE, ARCH OR ENCASEMENT: (Sec. 07) Concrete used to encase or supportthe pipe shall be paid for under the Concrete Item. Concrete used for the encasement of vertical droppipes, tees and ells associated with drop manholes, and for encasement of service stacks shall beincluded with the respective Item.

Wherever Type A (Concrete) bedding or arch is used instead of granular material due to exceedingthe measurement limits of the trench, no payment will be made for the concrete used. Concrete shallbe as specified in the Item for Concrete. Care shall be taken to prevent flotation of the pipe. All TypeA bedding shall be placed on undisturbed earth or well compacted backfill.

WYES, STACKS, SERVICE SEWER, AND RECOMMENDATIONS: (Sec. 08) Y branches,service stacks and house service sewers shall be 6 inches in diameter unless specifically shown orcalled for as a different size.

Each Y branch shall consist of furnishing and placing a 45E elbow in the main sewer, straight piperiser, elbow at the top of the stack, stoppers if required, concrete encasement, additional excavation,and location marker. A stack shall be used only when the centerline of the trunk or street sewer ismore than four (4) feet below the expected elevation of the house service at the street sewer unlessotherwise shown on the Drawings.

Each standard service sewer shall consist of all earth excavation and backfill, granular beddingmaterial, furnishing and installing all straight and curved pipe at the grade determined by theResident Representative, (0.62% min.) from the Y branch or service stack to the property line, unlessotherwise shown on the Drawings, or to the point of reconnection to an existing service sewer.Included shall be all joint materials, adapters if required, stoppers, location markers, testing can cleanup.

Reconnection of existing service sewers shall consist of locating the existing service sewers,maintaining flow as required, all required earth excavation and backfill, bedding, disconnection ofthe existing service sewer from the existing trunk or street sewer, removal of existing service seweras is necessary, securely plugging the discontinued service sewer when required, providing andinstalling adapters if connecting different types of pipe, and making a proper connection to the newservice sewer.


145

The location of Y branches and service stacks shall be marked with a one-half inch diameter steelpin, 30 inches long. Ends of service sewers shall be marked by a precast concrete cylinder, 4 inchesdiameter x 30 inches long, with top flush with the surface of the ground.

Where curbs are available, the location of each service sewer shall be marked by a two inch crosscut into the top of the curb on the side of the street to be served by the service sever.


ABANDONING EXISTING SEWERS: (Sec. 09) Where existing sewer lines are encountered duringconstruction and are shown on the Drawings or determined by the Resident Representative to beabandoned, all broken pipe within the excavation limits of the new construction shall be removedto permit proper placement of bedding and new pipe. At locations where the sewer is to beabandoned falls outside of the excavation limits, broken and cracked pipe shall be removed back toa sound joint where a masonry plug shall be constructed of brick and mortar to completely seal theabandoned sewer from the infiltration of soil and water.

The cost of abandoning existing sewers, including removal of broken and cracked pipe and installingplugs, shall be included in the unit price bid for installing new pipe.

SHOP DRAWINGS: (Sec. 10) Submit shop drawings as required of these specifications. Includedshall be materials, dimensions, joint details and certification that materials conform to the applicablestandards.

FIELD TESTING: (Sec. 11) Upon completion of two manholes spans (approximately 800 feet to1000 feet) the Contractor shall begin testing the first manhole span approximately 400 feet to 500feet. Thereafter, testing shall be performed within 1000 feet of the pipe laying.

Test shall be infiltration, exfiltration or low pressure air test in accordance with the Item for Testingof Pipe Lines and Sewers.

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. 12) This Item 1210, shall include surface clean-up, including removal of allsurplus excavation, pipe, broken concrete, stones, and all miscellaneous debris. Rough gradingproviding drainage shall be included.

The clean-up and disposal of the cleared materials shall be done as soon as practical after laying ofthe sewer pipe and as the Resident Representative may direct. However, clean-up work shall not fallbehind the pipe laying more than 800 feet. Should the Contractor not keep his clean-up work withinthe aforementioned distance the Contractor shall be required to cease further pipe laying until suchclean-up is accomplished.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 13) The number of wye branches for standard service sewers orreconnection of existing service sewers, shall be the number actually installed in the completed work.

The number of service stacks, length of service sewer, or reconnection of existing service sewers,shall be paid for under their respective Items.

146

The length of concrete sewer pipe shall be the total number of lineal feet of each size actuallyfurnished and placed, measured along the axis of the pipe after the pipe has been connected in place.The inside diameter of manholes and the length of special structures shall be deducted. Nodeductions shall be made for the length of fittings or specials in the sewer line.

147

PVC GRAVITY PIPE SEWER

ITEM 1400

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install PVC gravity pipe sewer and fittings as indicatedon the Drawings and specified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in this Item: (as applicable)

Soil Erosion/Sedimentation Control Item 116Earth Excavation/Backfill Item 120Sheeting and Timbering Item 700Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600


Rock Excavation and Backfill Item 125Granular Backfill Item 165Topsoil Item 205Seeding Item 210Pavement, Curbs, Gutters and Sidewalks Item 300Bulk Concrete (as specified) Item 505

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Work in this Item consists generally of excavating for, and the properinstallation of, PVC gravity sewer pipe, fittings, testing the installation and associated work.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 04) Materials shall be new and of their best quality. Materials shallbe subject to inspection and approval upon delivery to job site.


ASTM- American Society for Testing and Materials

ODOT- Ohio Department of Transportation

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Provide two sets for recordpurposes only. Include pipe material, dimensions, joint/gasket details and certification that materialsconform to current, applicable standards.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: (Sec. 07) Methods of handling, unloading and storage ofpipe and fittings shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

ALTERNATES/ALTERNATIVES: (Sec. 08) Alternate pipe/fittings are specified in this Item. SeeGeneral notes on Drawings for specific type(s) to be installed.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 09) The number of Y branches for standard service sewers of reconnectionof existing service sewers, shall be the number actually installed in the completed work.

148

The number of service stacks including WYE branch for standard service sewers, or reconnectionof existing service sewer, shall be the number actually installed in the completed work.

The number of reconnections of existing service sewers shall be the number actually installed, asdescribed under Section 1400.14 in the completed work.

The length of standard service sewer shall be the total number of lineal feet actually installed in thecompleted work as measured along the centerline of the standard service sewer from the connectionpoint of the truck or street sewer and the service sewer, to the end of each standard service sewer asinstalled, or to the point of reconnection to an existing service sewer.

The length of PVC sewer pipe shall be the total number of lineal feet of each size actually furnishedand placed, measured along the axis of the pipe after the pipe has been connected in place. The insidediameter of manholes and the length of special structures shall be deducted. No deductions shall bemade for the length of fittings or specials in the sewer line.

WARRANTY: (Sec. 10)

See General Conditions.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 11) Pipe and fittings 4 inches through 15 inches diameter shall be solid wallASTM Specification D-3034 SDR-35, ASTM F-789, or smooth interior/corrugated exterior, ASTMSpecification F-949, or ASTM Specification F-794 as indicated on the Drawings.

Pipe-and fittings 18 inches and larger shall conform to ASTM Specification F-679, wall thicknessT-1, or ASTM F-794.

Pipe shall be furnished in standard manufactured lengths.

Each length of pipe shall be marked with manufacturer’s name, nominal diameter, and “hone” markon the spigot end to indicate when the pipe is inserted to the “home” position.

Joints shall be push-on type, with an elastomeric ring gasket compressed in an annular space betweena bell end and spigot end of pipe, conforming to ASTM D-3212.

Elastomeric ring gaskets shall conform to ASTM F-477 for low head application.

Bedding material shall be Class 1-A material as per ASTM D-2321.



Pipe, fittings and specials shall be carefully examined by the Contractor and Resident Representativefor effects just before laying. No pipe or fitting shall be used which is known to be defective. Pipeand fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before being laid.

149

PREPARATION: (Sec. 13) Soil Erosion/Sedimentation control measures shall be implemented asrequired to prevent permanent damage to the construction site.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 14) Pipe and fittings shall be installed per ASTM D-2321 “Undergroundinstallation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe”.

Use laser beam for establishing line and grade. The method used shall be as recommended by themanufacturer of the laser equipment and must be satisfactory to the Resident Representative. Thelaser beam shall not be of greater power than 2.5 milliwatts (0.0025). A continual visual check shallbe provided by the laser equipment.

The contractor shall not deviate from the required line of grade without the written consent of theConsulting Engineer.

No pipe shall be laid until a sufficient length of trench as been properly prepared to permit layingat least one standard length of pipe at one time.

Excavate and backfill as specified in the applicable Item for excavation and backfill, within themeasurement limits indicated on the Drawings, except as modified by the section covering“Additional Authorized Excavation” in the Item for Earth Excavation/Backfill. Install pipe in wellcompacted bedding material, placed on undisturbed earth or well compacted foundation material.Uniformly support pipe throughout its length except for the bell holes required for the properinstallation .of the joints. The ends or shoulder of each pipe shall abut against the adjacent pipe insuch manner that there will be not unevenness along the inverts.

Pipe shall not be laid in water or on frozen trench bottom or, when in the opinion of the ResidentRepresentative, trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such work.

Pipe delivered for installation shall be strung so as to minimize the entrance of foreign material. Atthe end of the day, and at such other times that work is not in progress, all openings in the pipe lineshall be plugged. Joints of all pipe in the trench shall be completed before work is stopped. If wateraccumulates in the trench, the plugs shall remain in place until the trench is dewatered.

Concrete Cradle, Arch or Encasement: Concrete used to encase or support the pipe shall be paid forin Item 505. Concrete used for the encasement of vertical drop pipes, tees and ells associated withdrop manholes, and for encasement of service stacks, shall be included with the respective Item.

Wherever Type A (Concrete) bedding or arch is used instead of granular material due to exceedingthe measurement limits of the trench, no additional payment will be made for the concrete used.Concrete shall be as specified in the Item for Bulk Concrete. Care shall be taken to prevent flotationof the pipe. All type A bedding shall be placed on undisturbed earth or well compacted backfill.

Wyes, Stacks, Service Sewer and Reconnections: Y branches, service stacks and house servicesewers shall be 6 inches in diameter unless specifically shown or called for as a different size.

Each Y branch shall consist of furnishing and placing a Y branch in the main sewer, straight piperiser, elbow at the top of the stack, stoppers, if required, concrete encasement, additional excavation,and location marker. A stack shall be used only when the centerline of the trunk or street sewer ismore than four (4) feet below the expected elevation of the house service at the street sewer unlessotherwise shown on the Drawings.

150

Each standard service sewer shall consist of all earth excavation and backfill, granular beddingmaterial, furnishing and installing all straight and curved pipe at the grade determined by theResident Representative, (0.62% min.) from the Y branch or service stack to the property line, unlessotherwise indicated on the Drawings, or to the point of reconnection to an existing service sewer.Included shall be all joint materials, adapters, stoppers, location markers, testing and clean-up.

Reconnection of existing service sewers shall consist of locating the existing service sewer,maintaining flow as required, all required earth excavation and backfill, bedding, disconnecting theexisting service sewer from the existing trunk or street sewer, removal of existing service sewerwhen required, securely plugging the discontinued service sewer when required, providing andinstalling adapters if connecting different type of pipe and making a proper connection to the newservice sewer.


The location of Y branches and service stacks and the ends of service sewers shall be marked witha one-half inch diameter steel pin, 30 inches long. Ends of service sewers shall be marked by aprecast concrete cylinder, 4 inches diameter x 30 inches long, with the top flush with the surface ofthe ground.

Where curbs are available, the location of each service sewer shall be marked by a two inch crosscut into the top of the curb on the side of the street to be served by the service sewer.


Abandoning Existing Sewers: Where existing sewer lines are encountered during construction andare indicated on the Drawings or determined by the Resident Representative to be abandoned, allbroken pipe within the excavation limits of the new construction shall be removed to permit properplacement of bedding and new pipe. At locations where the sewer to be abandoned falls outside ofthe excavation limits, broken and cracked pipe shall be removed back to a sound joint where amasonry plug shall be constructed of brick and mortar to completely seal the abandoned sewer fromthe infiltration of soil and water. The cost of abandoning existing sewers, including removal ofbroken and cracked pipe and installing plugs, shall be included in the price bid for installing newpipe.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: (Sec. 15)

Field Testing: Upon completion of two manhole spans (approximately 800 feet – 1000 feet) theContractor shall begin testing the first manhole span (approximately 400 – 500 feet). Thereafter,testing shall be performed within 1000 feet of the pipe laying.

Test shall be infiltration, exfiltration or low pressure air test in accordance with the Item for Testingof Pipe Lines and Sewers.

In addition to the leakage test, after 30 days the contractor shall furnish all labor, Materials andequipment and perform a deflection test using a mandrel whose diameter is equal to 95% of the

151

inside diameter of the pipe, manually pulled through the sewer line.

The mandrel shall have a minimum of eight legs, and shall test for inside diameter dimensions 95%of those stated in ASTM D-3034.

Deflection tests shall be made on all sections of sewer.

Deflection of the pipe shall not exceed 5%.

Any section of pipe not meeting the deflection test shall be uncovered and “re-rounded” by re-compacting the bedding Material, or by other means as required, or as directed by the ResidentRepresentative, and the pipe retested until it meets requirements.

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. 16)

Clean-up of Site: Remove all surplus excavation, pipe, broken concrete, stones, and miscellaneousdebris and dispose of off the site. Grading providing drainage shall be included.

The clean-up and disposal of the cleared materials shall be done as soon as practical after laying ofthe sewer pipe and as the Resident Representative may direct. However, clean-up work shall not fallbehind the pipe laying more than 800 feet. Should the Contractor not keep his clean-up work withinthe aforementioned distance, the Contractor shall be required to cease further pipe laying until suchclean-up is accomplished.

Cleaning of Pipe: After completion of the pipe installation, and prior to acceptance by the Owner,the Contractor shall, with the Owner and Resident representative, inspect the interior of the pipe. Allforeign materials such as silt, gravel, debris, etc., shall be removed and disposed of off the site.

152

PVC PRESSURE PIPE

ITEM 1410

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install all PVC Pressure Pipe and fittings, with allappurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings and specified.


Earth Excavation/Backfill Item 120Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600Sterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tank

(if required) Item 1700

Furnished/paid for in respective Item: (as applicable) Rock Excavation and Backfill Item 125 Granular Backfill Item 165Pavement, Curbs, Gutters and Sidewalks Item 300Bulk Concrete Item 505

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 03) All Materials shall be new and of the best quality.



ODOT- Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material Specifications

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 05) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Provide two sets for recordpurposes only.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: (Sec. 06) Use care in delivery, storage and handling of pipeand fittings; in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 07) The lengths of the varies sizes of pipe to be paid for inthis Item shall be the lengths actually furnished and placed in accordance with these Specifications,measured along the axis after the pipe, fittings, and valves have been connected in place.

Payment for the tees and bends (fitting) is Included with the main line pipe.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 09) Pipe shall be listed in latest “Seal of Approval Listing”, National SanitationFoundation Laboratory, Ann Arbor, Michigan, and conform to the following:

153

ASTM D-1784 - rigid polyvinyl chloride compoundASTM D-2241 - polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe (SDR-PR)ASTM D-1869 - rubber rings

Pipe and Fittings: Clean, virgin, National Sanitation Foundation approved 12454B (Type I, Grade1) conforming to ASTM D-1784. Pressure Pipe Class 150 DR – 18.

Pipe shall be marked with size, plastic pipe material designation, standard thermoplastic pipedimension ration, reference to applicable ASTM or Commercial Standard, pressure rating, NationalSanitation Foundation (NSF) approval, manufacturer’s identification and date of manufacture.Thickness of pipe shall be uniform throughout length, including bell.

The plain end of the pipe shall be marked in such a manner as to allow field checking of settingdepth of the pipe in the bell or socket.

Joints: Pipe shall have integral wall bell and spigot push-on type joints using a rubber ring gasketplaced in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket. Details of the joint design and assembly shallbe in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard practice.

Gaskets shall meet all applicable requirements of ASTM D-1869.

Bedding Material shall be crushed gravel ODOT No. 8 gradation, or sand tree from dirt and otherdeleterious materials.

PART3 – EXECUTION

INSPECTION: (Sec. 10) Pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined by the Contractor andResident Representative for defects before laying. No pipe or fitting shall be used which is knownto be defective.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 11) Earth excavation and backfilling shall be performed in accordance withItem 120, within measurement limits indicated on the Drawings.

Pipe and fittings shall be installed per ASTM designation D-2321 “Underground Installation ofFlexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe”.

Methods of cutting and joining the pipe shall follow the approved practice specified by the pipemanufacturer.

Pipe shall be installed with bedding as indicated on the Drawings, well tamped in 6 inch layers. Thepipe shall be uniformly supported through its length.

No pipe shall be laid within six inches of any rock, in water or on frozen trench bottom, or when inthe opinion of the Resident Representative the trench conditions or the weather are unsuitable forsuch work.

Concrete thrust blocking shall be installed wherever the pipe line changes direction as at tees, bendsand crosses, changes size at reducers, dead end stops and at valves. (Item 505).

154


Testing: Lines shall be tested by the Contractor for the service to which they will be subjected, oras directed by the Resident Representative, as specified in Item 1600, Testing of Pipe lines andSewers.

Sterilization: After completion of the installation of potable water lines, the pipe shall be sterilizedas specified in Item 1700, Sterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tanks.

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. 13) Remove excess materials and debris off site. Rough grade area to providedrainage, if required.

155

PVC AND CPVC RIGID PIPE

(SCHEDULE 40 AND 80)

ITEM 1420

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to properlyinstall polyvinylchloride and/or chlorinated polyvinylchloride rigid pipe as indicated on the Drawingsand specified.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600Sterilization of Potable Water Line and Tanks Item 1700

REFERENCES: (Sec. 03) Applicable portions of the latest revision of the following specificationsshall be included as a part of these Specifications.


ODOT- Ohio Department of Transportation

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 04) Include all PVC and/or CPVC pipe, fittings, couplings, valves, flanges,gaskets, earth excavation and backfill, and bedding required for the proper completion of the workas indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.

Attention is called to the fact that piping is not necessarily indicated in complete detail on theDrawings, which are more or less schematic, but the Contractor shall do all piping work indicatedor required for the proper operation of all equipment or services requiring such piping.

MATERIALS: (Sec. 05) PVC and/or CPVC plastic pipe shall be listed in the latest “Seal ofApproval Listing” of the National Sanitation Foundation Laboratory, Ann Arbor, Michigan and shallbe suitable for the intended use.

PVC Pipe shall be manufactured from PVC compound, 12454B, Type 1, Grade 1 as per ASTM D-1784. Pipe shall be plain end, rigid type, Schedule 40 or 80 as indicated on the Drawings and shallconform to ASTM D-1785.

CPVC Pipe shall be Type 4, Grade 1, Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC), cell classification:23477-B, as per ASTM D-1784. Pipe shall be plain end, rigid type, minimum schedule 40 andmanufactured in accordance with ASTM F-441. CPVC pipe shall have a design stress of 2000 psi,maximum service temperature of 210E F, and at 73E F shall have physical properties and chemicalresistances similar to PVC pipe.

Fiberglass Reinforced CPVC Pipe shall be as the CPVC pipe above with a continuous strand E glassexterior reinforcement with a polyester compatible coupling agent applied by the supplier. The resinused in the matrix shall be an industrial grade isophthalic polyester with a known history of servicein chemical environments, and shall contain an ultra violet resistant pigment.

156

FITTINGS: (Sec. 06) Supply socket type fittings of same or similar materials as the pipe specifiedabove and suitable for the type of service required. Use sufficient unions or flanged joints to makepossible easy dismantling of the pipe lines. Solvent cement all connections as per manufacturersstandards. No screwed fittings or connections will be allowed.

VALVES: (Sec. 07) Manufacture valves from PVC compounds meeting the ASTM Classification12454-B, or from CPVC compounds meeting the ASTM classification 23447-B.

Ball shut-off valves shall have socket joint union ends. Viton O-Ring seals, and self- lubricatingTeflon seats. The valve shall incorporate full port design so that the pressure drop through the valveis equal to the same length of schedule 80 pipe. The valve body shall rotate 360E.

Ball check valves shall have socket joint union ends and Viton O-Ring seals. Check valves shallhave the ability to operate in a horizontal or vertical position with full flow and minimum turbulence.

Butterfly valves shall be wafer type or have flanged ends, Viton O-Ring shaft seals and seat, a 316alloy stainless steel shaft, glass-filled Teflon bearings. Use level handle on valves five inch size andsmaller and worm gear operator on valves six inch size and larger.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 08) Store, handle, and join all pipe and fittings in accordance withmanufacturer’s standards. Place all pipe to proper lines and grades or elevation and run true andplumb. Provide for drainage, expansion and contraction. Piping above grade shall be attached orsupported as indicated on the Drawings or as directed. However, supports shall not exceed themaximum spacings tabulated in Section 1420.08. Exercise care to avoid clamping the pipe toorigidly such that axial movement due to normal expansion and contraction is prevented.

Where pipes enter or pass though concrete walls or other sections, install a wall sleeve and properlycaulk the pipes in place so as to form a watertight joint.

Dimensions indicated on the Drawings arc believed to be correct. However, the Contractor isrequired to verify dimensions and elevations of existing pipes, equipment and any other details thataffect the pipe and installation requirements.

Yard piping and piping between structures covered by this Specification are included in this Itemunless specifically included in other Items.

Install pipe and fittings below grade in accordance with approved practice specified by the pipemanufacturer.

Underground lines shall be uniformly supported on a four inch deep layer of well tamped bedding.The bedding shall be gravel, crushed limestone or slag, No. 6, 67 or 68 gradation per Table 703-1of the ODOT Specifications, free from dirt and other deleterious materials. Include payment forbedding in the price bid for the particular pipe involved.

Include companion flanges and couplings required for the erection of pipe in this Item unlessspecifically included in other Items.

Install piping in such a manner and at such times as will require a minimum of cutting and repairingof structures. In case cutting and repairing is necessary it shall be done only with the permission ofthe Resident Representative. All repairs shall match the original condition. The cost of cutting andpatching for pipe work in this Item shall be included in the prices stipulated for this Item.

157

The following piping practices shall be followed in the installation of piping under this Item insofaras they are applicable:

1. Use full lengths of pipe wherever possible; short lengths with couplings will not bepermitted.

2. Cut pipe to exact length: no forcing or springing will be permitted.

3. Avoid tool marks. Remove burrs formed when cutting pipe by reaming.

4. Before installing any pipe, see that the interior is clean and free of cuttings andforeign matter.

5. Exposed piping shall be neatly arranged with all lines straight and parallel to walls,unless otherwise indicated. Install piping so that the entire system may be drained;with drain valves or stop and waste valves at all low points as required.

6. Install a liberal number of unions in pipe lines to facilitate dismantling. Provideunions at all piping connections to equipment, valves strainers, etc. Flanges onequipment or valves will be considered as unions when connecting piping is providedwith a companion flange.

7. Installed piping shall not interfere with the operation of doors, window, orequipment, encroach on passageways, aisles or equipment, nor interfere with theservicing or maintenance of equipment.

8. Provide galvanized pipe sleeves where pipes pass through concrete or masonry wallsor floors. Sleeves through floors shall extend one inch above finished floor slabs.

9. When pipe (new or existing) requires cutting to fit into a line, the work shall be donein an approved manner, leaving a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: (Sec. 09) Provide and install required hangers and supports.Concrete supports shall be neatly constructed where indicated on the Drawings or where necessaryfor the proper support of the pipe. For unit price proposals payment for concrete supports will bemade in Item 500, Concrete.

Metal hangers and supports shall be as specified in Item 2410, Pipe Hangers and Supports, andpayment for unit price proposals will be paid for in that Item.

158

Support spacings shall not exceed the following; at temperatures above 120 EF support pipecontinuously.

Pipe Size Conduit Temperature xF

80E 100E 120E

1/2" 4-1/2' 4' 2-1/2'

3/4" 4-1/2' 4' 2-1/2'

1" 5' 4-1/2' 3'

1-1/4" 5-1/2' 5' 3'

1-1/2" 5-1/2' 5' 3-1/2'

2" 5-1/2' 5' 3-1/2'

2-1/2" 6-1/2' 6' 4'

3" 7' 6' 4'

4" 7' 6-1/2' 4'

5" 7' 6-1/2' 4'

6" 8' 7' 5'

TESTING: (Sec. 10) Perform shop tests in accordance with the applicable ASTM specifications.

After a complete line, or portion thereof, has been installed, it shall be tested for the applicableservice in accordance with the Item 1600, Testing Pipe Lines and Sewers.

STERILIZATION: (Sec. 11) After completion of the installation of potable water lines, sterilize thepipe and tubing as specified in Item 1700, Sterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tanks.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 12) For unit price proposals measure the lengths of the various sizes ofPVC and/or CPVC pipe to be paid for under this Item actually furnished and placed in accordancewith these Specifications, along the axis after the pipe, fittings, and valves have been connected inplace. No plastic pipe will be measured for payment in this Item if specifically included for, paymentin some other Item.

159

FIELD TILE REPLACEMENT

ITEM 1452

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install rigid polyethylene pipe to replace existing fieldthe removed or disturbed during construction as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.



Applicable portions of the latest revision of the following specifications shall be included as a panof these specifications:

ASTM D-1248 American Society for Testing and Materials

MATERIAL: (Sec. 03)

Pipe shall be four inch diameter rigid polyethylene pipe, SDR-38, similar to that manufactured byHancor, Inc., or equal.

Couplings shall be four inch diameter, for connecting new pipe to existing corrugated plastic tubing,similar to a split coupler manufactured by Hancor, Inc., or equal.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) Backfill main trench and compact to the elevation of the field the to berestored. Install new pipe and connect to the existing field tile. New pipe shall be of sufficient lengthto permit 18” to 24” of bearing on undisturbed earth at each end. Backfill over pipe to elevation ofexisting ground surface.

160

POLYETHYLENE DRAIN PIPE

ITEM 1460

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to properlyinstall high-density polyethylene drain pipe as indicated on the drawings and specified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in this Item: (as applicable)


Furnish/paid for in respective Item: (as applicable)

Rock Excavation and Backfill Item 125Topsoil Item 205 Seeding Item 210

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) The work consists of earth excavation, bedding, backfilling, theinstallation, cleanup, and testing of all pipe, fittings and specials and appurtenant work.



ASTM American Society for Testing and MaterialsODOT Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material

Specifications.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Provide two sets for recordpurposes only.


MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 08) Per lineal foot, each size, furnished and installed,measured along the axis of the pipe in place.

No deduction will be made for the length of specials or fittings in the line.

Polyethylene pipe specifically included in other Items shall not be included for payment in this Item.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS


161

Pipe: Pipe and specials shall be high-density polyethylene pipe of the sizes, dimensions and seriesas indicated or specified.

Pipe in this Item shall conform to ASTM D-3350, the pipe and fittings shall be made of virginpolyethylene resins classified as Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34 defined per ASTM D-1248minimum Cell Class 315412C. Pipe shall be of virgin quality. The polyethylene resin shall alsocontain anti-oxidants and shall be stabilized against ultraviolet degradation to provide suitableprotection during processing and subsequent weather exposure.

Pipe shall be homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or otherinjurious defects. Pipe shall be marked at intervals of not more than five feet with pipe size, type ofplastic material, manufacturers name and the ASTM designation.

Fittings: Fittings shall be molded or fabricated from high density polyethylene. Fabricated fittingsshall be made from polyethylene pipe and the pieces joined by thermal fusion.

Joints: Join the pipe by push on or snap on joints.

Bedding Material: Shall be ASTM D-2321 Class I


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 11) Before installing any pipe, a representative of the pipe manufacturershall be present to instruct the workmen in the proper procedures for installing the pipe.

Cut and join pipe in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

Underground Installation: Use laser beam for establishing line and grade. The method used shall beas recommended by the manufacturer of the laser equipment and must be satisfactory to the ResidentRepresentative. The laser beam shall not be of greater power than 2.5 milliwatts (0.0025). Acontinual visual check shall be provided by the laser equipment.


Perform excavation and backfilling as specified in the applicable Item for excavation/backfill.

Install pipe and fittings in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-2321, “RecommendedPractice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe.” Carefully examinepipe and fittings for defects just before laying and use no pipe or fittings known to be defective. Pipeand fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before being laid and shall conform to the lines and gradesindicated.

Lay pipe in bedding as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly support the pipe throughout its length.Place all bedding on undisturbed earth or well compacted backfill.

After 30 days the contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment and perform a deflectiontest using a mandrel whose diameter is equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe, manuallypulled through the sewer line.

162




Any section of pipe not meeting the deflection test shall be uncovered and “rerounded” by re-compacting the bedding material, or by other means as required, or as directed by the ResidentRepresentative, and the pipe retested until it meets requirements.

Store pipe delivered to the job site so as to minimize the entrance of foreign material. At the end ofthe day, and at such other times that work is not in progress, close all openings in the pipe line toprevent earth and other matter from entering. Complete joints of all pipe in the trench before workis stopped. If water accumulates in the trench, plugs shall remain in place until the trench isdewatered.


CLEAN UP: (Sec. 13) Surface clean-up shall immediately follow backfilling, including removal ofall surplus excavation, pipe, broken concrete, stones and all miscellaneous debris. Rough gradingproviding drainage shall be included.

163

TESTING OF PIPE LINES AND SEWERS

ITEM 1600

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, material, equipment, water, air and servicesrequired to perform the tests as described herein.

The Contractor shall make a complete record of tests to be attested by the Resident Representative.DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 02) Tests shall be performed for the various services as follows:

Section 1600.04 Testing of Sanitary Sewers and Storm Drains.Section 1600.05 Testing of Waterlines, Force Mains and Process Piping.Section 1600.06 Testing of Air, Fuel Gas and Plant Gas Lines.Section 1600.07 Testing of Plumbing Systems.

PROCEDURE: (Sec. 03) The testing equipment shall be approved by the Resident Representative.

The Resident Representative will witness the tests and approve the pipe installation. This approval,however, does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for a tight and satisfactory installationif leaks are found or develop subsequently.

Test service lines in accordance with the procedures specified in the applicable sections for the typeof test being performed.

Repair or replace any portion of the lines which does not meet the required test, and retest by thesame method used in the original test until requirements are met.

Protect gauges or delicate instruments installed in the lines against damage or excess pressure duringthe test.

Asbestos-cement pipe shall have a retention period of 12 to 24 hours after being filled as specifiedin the Items for Asbestos-Cement Pipe Gravity Sewers or Pressure Pipe.

Testing of portions of the installed pipe line or sewer may be waived by the Owner if in his judgmentthe testing is not essential.

TESTING OF SANITARY SEWERS AND STORM DRAINS: (Sec. 04) No well points nor pumpswhich would have an effect on the ground water measurement shall be operating at the time of thetest.

Ground Water Pressure: Before initiating an infiltration, exfiltration or low pressure air test,determine the ground water pressure at the low end of the section to be tested. Provide a one-halfinch capped nipple in the manhole at the top of the lowest pipe entering the manhole, for thispurpose. Remove the cap and use an air jet to blow the mud and debris out of the nipple and providea cavity for the ground water to enter. Attach a transparent plastic tube to the nipple and extendvertically in the manhole. Measure the water level in the tube in feet, from the invert of the pipebeing tested. This figure divided by 2.3 will give the pounds per square inch of external pressure onthe pipe due to the ground water. After the ground water pressure has been determined and recordedon the test report, remove the plastic tube and replace the cap.

164

Type of Test: If the water in the plastic tube is observed to be at a level above the high point of thesection being tested, an infiltration test shall be performed.

If the level in the tube is lower than the high point of the section being tested, an exfiltration testshall be performed.

A low pressure air test may be performed in lieu of an infiltration or ex filtration test.

Infiltration Test: Test the sanitary or combined sewer system as the line is being installed. Install nomore than four manhole to manhole reaches not to exceed 1200 lineal feet of pipe, whichever is less,before testing is performed. The Contractor shall conduct a test for lengths less than four reaches ifrequested. Perform this test after the branch and service sewers installed under this Contract havebeen completed and the end securely plugged.

The permissible leakage for sewers tested by infiltration shall not exceed 100 gal/day/inch of pipediameter/mile of pipe.

Furnish and install a 90 degree sharp crested V notched weir at the lower end of the section of theline to be tested. The weir shall be installed properly, securely, with edges sealed watertight. TheResident Representative shall approve the installation.

After the Contractor and Resident Representative have concurred that a maximum flow is beingmaintained through the weir, read the height of the flow above the crest of the weir by means of ahook gauge. The point of measurement shall be upstream from the weir a distance of 18 inches orthree times the height of flow over the weir, whichever is greater.

The infiltration flow indicated by the height of the flow above the crest of a 90 degree weir is asfollows:

flow level above crest of weir gal. per day

1/4" 99

1/2" 604

3/4" 1585

1" 3165

1-1/4" 5520

1-1/2" 8720

1-3/4" 12800

2" 17850

165

Determine the allowable infiltration rate as follows:

1 = 100 x LD 1 = 1000 x LD

5280 (for sewers) 5280 (for storm drains)

1 – Allowable infiltration

L – Length of pipe in feet

D – Diameter of pipe in inches

If the measured flow exceeds the allowable flow, make the necessary repairs and retest until theinfiltration rate is less than the allowable rate.

If the ground water level is above any of the service sewers, add the LD of the service sewers to theLD of the main sewers.

As an alternative to the weir method, the Contractor may use a plug with a two inch pipe attachedthereto in the lower end of the section being tested. Coiled the pipe discharge into a container ofknown volume, measure the flow accordingly and compare with the allowable infiltration rate.

Storm drains shall be tested if requested by the Owner or Resident Representative based on hisjudgment of the workmanship and laying conditions. If required, perform an infiltration test forstorm drains in the same manner as specified above except that the allowable infiltration rate shallbe 1000 gallons per day (24 hours) per mile of pipe, per inch of pipe diameter.

Exfiltration Test: Test the sanitary or combined sewer system by the exfiltration method for eachreach of pipe between manholes after the service sewers attached thereto have been installed.

The permissible leakage for sewers tested as described in this section shall not exceed 100gal/day/inch of pipe diameter/mile of pipe.

Plug all openings in the upstream manhole except opening to sewer being tested and plugdownstream end of sewer being tested. Fill sewer and upstream manhole to a level three feet abovetop of the sewer or three feet above ground water level whichever is higher and let stand for threehours to allow for absorption. Refill to original level. After two hours check drop in water level inupper manhole and calculate the loss in volume. Convert the exfiltration measured to a 24 hour basisand compare with allowable leakage as determined similar to the infiltration rate per formula above.

If required, perform an exfiltration test for storm drains in the same manner as specified aboveexcept that the allowable exfiltration rate shall be 1000 gallons per day (24 hours) per inch of pipediameter per mile of pipe and the absorption test will not be required.

Low Pressure Air Test After completing the backfill of a reach of sewer main with its connectedservice sewers, the Contractor shall conduct a low pressure air test using suitable equipment,preferably pneumatic plugs and a single control panel with approved gauges.

Before proceeding with the test, seal test the pneumatic plugs by inserting one in each end of a length

166

of pipe and inflating to 25 psig. Pressurize the sealed pipe to five psig. The plugs shall hold againstthis pressure without bracing and without movement of the plugs.

If the plugs check out satisfactorily, insert a plug in each end of the main sewer at the manhole. Closethe ends of the service sewers at the property line with pneumatic plugs, or other suitable means.Brace plugs if necessary to insure against blowing out.

Provide a pressure relief valve at the compressor set at ten pounds to protect the sewers fromexcessive pressure.

Introduce low pressure air into the sealed sewer at the high end until the pressure registers four psigmore than the ground water pressure. Hold this pressure in the sewer for at least two minutes toallow the air pressure to stabilize. After the stabilization period, set the pressure in the sewers at 3.5psig more than the ground water pressure and shut off the air supply. The portion of the sewer beingtested will be termed “acceptable” if the time required for the pressure to drop one pound is greaterthan the time shown in the following Table.

MINIMUM SPECIFIED TIME REQUIRED FOR A 1.0 PSIG PRESSURE DROP FOR SIZEAND LENGTH OF PIPE INDICATED FOR Q = 0.0015

Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min : sec)

1PipeDiameter

2Minimum Time(min : sec)

3LengthforMinimum Time (ft.)

4TimeLongerLength(sec.)

100 ft. 150 ft. 200 ft. 250 ft. 300 ft. 350 ft. 400 ft. 450 ft.

4 0.156944 597 .380L 0.157 0.157 0.1569 0.1569 0.1569 0.1569 0.1569 0.1569

6 0.236111 398 .854L 0.236 0.236 0.2361 0.2361 0.2361 0.2361 0.2375 0.2667

8 0.315278 298 1.520L 0.315 0.315 0.3153 0.3153 0.3167 0.3694 0.4222 0.475

10 0.393056 239 2.374L 0.393 0.393 0.3931 0.4118 0.4944 0.5771 0.659 0.7417

12 0.472222 199 3.418L 0.472 0.472 0.475 0.5938 0.7118 0.8306 0.9493 25:38

15 0.590278 159 5.342L 0.59 0.59 0.7417 0.9271 26:42 31:09 35:36 40:04

18 0.708333 133 7.692L 0.708 0.801 25:38 32:03 38:27 44:52 51:16 57:14

21 0.827083 114 10.470L 0.826 26:10 34:54 43:37 52:21 61:00 69:48 78:31

24 0.944444 99 13.674L 0.949 34:11 45:34 56:58 68:22 79:46 91:10 102:33

27 25:30 88 17.306L 28:51 43:16 57:41 72:07 88:32 100:57 115:22 129:48

30 26:20 80 21.366L 35:37 53:25 71:13 89:02 106:50 124:38 142:26 160:15

33 31:10 72 25.852L 43:05 64:38 86:10 107:43 129:16 150:43 172:21 193:53

36 34:00 66 30.768L 51:17 76:55 102:34 128:12 153:50 179:29 205:07 230:46

Chemical Grout: Leaks in sewers may be plugged by chemical grout provided the materials andmethods to be used are approved by the Owner and the Engineer prior to start of repair work.

Deflection Testing: In addition to the leakage test, after 30 days the contractor shall furnish all labor,

167

materials and equipment and perform a deflection test using a mandrel whose diameter is equal to95% of the inside diameter of the pipe, manually pulled through the sewer line.

The mandrel shall have a minimum of eight legs, and shall test for inside diameter dimension 95%of those stated in ASTM D-3034.

Deflection tests shall be made on all section of sewer.


Any section of pipe not meeting the deflection test shall be uncovered and “re-rounded” by re-compacting the bedding material, or by other means as required, or as directed by the ResidentRepresentative, and the pipe retested until it meets requirements.

Owner Inspection: The owner reserves the right to check the installation for alignment, grade andtightness by means of photography, television or other appropriate methods. Any portion of thesewer not conforming to the specifications for these requirements shall be repaired at theContractor’s expense. The inspection will be at the Owner’s expense.

TESTING OF WATER LINES, FORCE MAINS AND PROCESS PIPING: (Sec. 05)

Description: Apply a hydrostatic pressure test and a leakage test to all force mains, water mains andprocess piping as specified herein and in accordance with AWWA C600.

Pressure Test: After the pipe has been installed and partially backfilled (if applicable) subject allnewly installed pipe, or any valved sections of it, unless otherwise specified, to a hydrostatic pressuretest equal to 1-½ times the line working pressure (50% over the working pressure) but not less than5.0 psig. The duration of each pressure test shall be at least 60 minutes.

Slowly fill each valved section of pipe with water to the specified test pressure, measured at the pointof lowest elevation, by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner.

Before applying the full test pressure, expel all air from the pipe. To accomplish this, make taps, ifnecessary, at the point of the highest elevation, and afterward tightly plug. Corporation cocks maybe used.

Carefully examine all exposed pipes, glands, fittings, valves, hydrants, joints, etc., during thepressure test. Where the joints are made with joint compound, recaulk all such joints showing visibleleaks until tight. Remove and replace all cracked or defective pipe, glands, fittings, valves, orhydrants discovered under this pressure test, and repeat the test until the installation is satisfactoryto the Resident Representative.

Leakage Test for Underground Lines: A leakage test shall be conducted after the pressure test hasbeen satisfactorily completed. The Contractor shall furnish all required apparatus as specified above.Test at 50 pounds per square inch. Run the leakage test for a period of two hours. Measure theamount of water required to maintain the working pressure at 30 minute intervals during the test.

Leakage is defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly installed pipe line,or any valved section thereof, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after the pipehas been filled with water and the air expelled.

No installation using mechanical, push-on, bell and spigot or flanged joints will be accepted if the

168

leakage is greater than L as determined by the formula:

NDPL = 3700

L. = the allowable leakage in gallons per hour.N = the number of joints in the length of line being tested.D = diameter of pipe, in inches.P = the average test pressure in pounds per square inch gauge.

Leakage Test for Aboveground Lines: Conduct the test as in the specified leakage test forunderground lines. Any leaks observed or indicated shall be made watertight.

Potable Water Lines: Test in accordance with the specified pressure and leakage tests. Use potablewater for testing.

Leave all lines free of dirt and foreign material and protect the lines against freezing until acceptedor put in use by the Owner.

Prior to putting the potable water lines into service, sterilize the lines as specified in Item 1700,Sterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tanks.

TESTING OF AIR, FUEL GAS AND PLANT GAS LINES: (Sec. 06)

Description: Test air, fuel gas and plant gas lines using air and a stand-up pressure test as specifiedbelow.

Locate any leaks indicated during the tests by a soapsuds test, if necessary. Make corrections andretest lines and make airtight.

Air Lines: After all piping and valves have been installed, subject the system to a 25 psig air test. TheLines shall remain pressurized for ten minutes and shall show no drop in pressure.

Plant Gas Lines: Test lines in this service as specified for air lines.

Fuel Gas Lines: After the completion of the installation of a fuel gas service line from the point oftermination of the gas line as specified under the Item for Underground Gas Lines, the Contractorshall advise the Gas Company whose representative and the Resident Representative will inspect theinstallation and witness and approve the test.

Subject the line from the main to the pressure regulating valve to a stand-up air pressure test at 90psig. The pressure shall be retained in the line for five minutes and shall show no drop in pressure.If the test indicates any leaks, correct and retest the line.

Lines on the low pressure side of the pressure regulating valve shall have a stand-up air test appliedat 150% of the operating pressure of the line involved but not less than three psig and held for notless than ten minutes without loss of pressure.

169

TESTING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS: (Sec. 07)

Description: Test drainage and vent lines with water or air.

The test shall comply with the methods approved by the National Plumbing Code and any localordinances. A representative of the local administrative authority shall approve the tests andinstallation.

Hydrostatic Test: Subject all vent and drainage lines to a hydrostatic test of ten feet. Keep the waterin the section or system being tested for 15 minutes before the inspection is started. The system shallshow no visible leaks or drop in head.

Test building sewers by plugging the end at the connection to the main sewer and pressurizing withwater with not less than a ten foot head. Repair any leaks observed or indicated by a loss of head andretest the line.

Air Test in lieu of the hydrostatic test, an air test may be performed. Inject air into the system untila pressure of five psig is reached. Hold this pressure without introduction of additional air for aperiod of at least 15 minutes with no drop in pressure.

Water Piping: Subject hot and cold water lines to a stand-up pressure test not less than the workingpressure under which the lines are to be used. The lines shall show no leakage with pressuremaintained for 15 minutes. Obtain the water used for tests from a potable source.

Sterilization: If sterilization of the water system is required by the local administrative authority itshall be the Contractors responsibility to comply with the requirements as specified in the Item forSterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tanks. Payment for sterilization of plumbing systems shallbe included in Item 8000, Plumbing.

Certificate of Approval: Upon the satisfactory completion and final tests of the plumbing system acertificate of approval will be issued by the Administrative Authority to the plumber to be deliveredto the Owner.

170

STERILIZATION OF POTABLE WATER LINES AND TANKS

ITEM 1700

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to sterilize potablewater lines and/or water tanks as specified herein.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 1700.02) Applicable portions of the latest revision of the followingspecification shall be included as a part of this specification.

AWWA American Water Works Association

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 1700.03) The sterilization of potable water lines and potable water storagetanks shall have the following designation:

Item 1700A – Sterilization of Potable Water LinesItem 1700B – Sterilization of Potable Water Storage Tanks (Steel)Item 1700C – Sterilization of Potable Water Storage Tanks (Concrete)

The Owner will furnish water for initial chlorination. If rechlorination is required the Contractorshall pay the Owner for additional water used at the current rate.

STERILIZATION OF POTABLE WATER LINES: Item 1700A (Sec. 1700.04) The method to beused for sterilization shall comply with AWWA C601 and the State of Ohio, Department of Healthrequirements. Use Sec. 5.2, Continuous Feed Method unless other methods are approved by theOwner and the Engineer.

At the time of construction place calcium hypochlorite granules in the pipeline at the upstream endof the first section of pipe, at each branch main and at 500 foot intervals in accordance with Table1 of AWWA C601.

TABLE 1

Ounces of Calcium Hypochlorite Granules To Be Placed At Beginning of Main and at Each 500-ft Interval

Pipe Diameter (in.) Calcium HypochloriteGranules (oz.)

4 0.5

6 1

8 2

12 4

16 and larger 8

171

After the water line or portion thereof is complete and pressure tested, carefully and thoroughly flushthe lines with potable water from sources approved by the Resident Representative. The Contractorshall furnish potable water for flushing if no approved source is obtainable from the Owner.

Upon completion of the flushing operation, sterilize the lines using chlorine solution feed machineor other approved equipment to place a hypochlorite solution into the water line and service linesas far as the curb stops. Introduce sufficient chlorine into the lines to produce a chlorine residual ofnot less than 25 mg/1.Retain this residual in the lines for not less than 24 hours. At the end of theholding period remove the chlorinated water, thoroughly flush the lines and fill with potable waterfrom the distribution system.

Testing: Collect and test water samples from the newly sterilized lines in accordance with the latestedition of standard methods of Examination of Water and Wastewater, for three days for anyevidence of contamination. The bacteriological testing of the samples will be arranged and paid forby the Owner.

In the event that the tests show the need for rechlorination, repeat the sterilization procedure as oftenas may be necessary until satisfactory results are obtained. No additional charge will be approvedfor rechlorination requirements.

STERILIZATION OF POTABLE WATER STORAGE TANKS (STEEL), (Item 1700B,CONCRETE) ITEM 1700C: (Sec. 1700.05) After the testing of the storage facility for leaks has beensatisfactorily completed and the inside coating applied, if coating is called for, disinfect the tank andriser (if applicable). Allow at least 24 hours, but no less than paint manufacturer’s recommendation,for the coating to dry before disinfections.

Disinfection procedure shall conform to AWWA CH05 and the State of Ohio, Department

of Health requirements.

The forms of chlorine which may be used in the disinfecting operations are liquid chlorine, sodiumhypochlorite solution and calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets. The following three methods ofchlorination are acceptable:

Method No. 1: Fill storage facility to overflow level with potable water to which enough chlorinehas been added to provide a free chlorine residual of not less than 10 mg/1 after six hours if the waterhas been uniformly chlorinated by gas feed or chemical pump, or 24 hours if chlorinated by sodiumhypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite. Drain to waste and refill with potable water and test asspecified herein after.

Method No. 2: Apply a solution of 200 mg/1 available chlorine directly to all parts of the storagefacility which will be in contact with water when the storage facility is filled to overflow elevation.

The chlorine solution may be applied with suitable brushes or with spray equipment. The solutionshall thoroughly coat all surfaces including inlet and outlet piping. Apply to separate drain pipingsuch that when filled, available chlorine shall not be less than 10 mg/1.

Surfaces disinfected shall remain in contact with the strong chlorine solution for at least 30 minutes.Purge drain pipe and fill storage facility to overflow. After successful testing the water may bereleased to the distribution system.

Method No. 3: Add water and chlorine to the storage facility in amounts to provide 50 mg/1

172

available chlorine when filled to 5% storage volume. Hold in storage facility for not less than sixhours. Finish filling to piping. After successful testing water may be released to the distributionsystem.

Testing: Before the tank is placed in operation, the Contractor shall collect and have tested samplesof water therefrom in accordance with the latest edition of Standard Methods of Examination ofWater and Waste Water, and secure approval of the State of Ohio Department of Health. The Ownerwill make the necessary arrangements, transport samples and pay for the bacteriological testing.

In the event that the tests show the need for rechlorination, repeat the sterilization procedure as oftenas may be necessary until satisfactory results are obtained. No additional charge will be approvedfor rechlorination requirements.

173

PIPE LINE IN BORED HOLE

ITEM 1810

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to installboring-receiving, pits, carrier pipe in bored hole, test and if required, sterilize the carrier pipe, asshown on the Drawings and specified herein.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 02) Provide the following:

To Engineer:

a. Drawings showing proposed skids and boring arrangement.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Rock Excavation and Backfill Item 125Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600Sheeting and Timbering Lift in Place Item 700

Carrier pipe shall be as specified on the drawings and conform to its respective Item.

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) Provide the following, as applicable.

Carrier Pipe shall be as specified on the drawings.

Bored Hole shall be Free Bored.

Lubricant shall be bentonite or other approved material.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 05) The Contractor shall inspect the location of the work and familiarizehimself with the conditions under which the work will be performed and with all necessary detailas to the orderly prosecution of the work in its entirety not shown on the Drawings or specifiedherein, shall not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility.

Contractor shall familiarize himself with all requirements of the Owner. Installation shall conformto all requirements.

All excavation and backfill shall be performed for pits and for installation of carrier pipe.

All sheeting, shoring and dewatering shall be performed as required to accomplish the properinstallation of the boring-receiving pits, and carrier pipe.

Water jetting shall not be permitted.

A cradle of timber shall be built upon which the carrier pipe shall be placed to the correct line andgrade if necessary. No changes in line or grade will be permitted except with written permission of

174

the Engineer.

Lubricant may be used on the outside of the carrier pipe.

Augers shall not be pulled once operation is started.

The Contractor shall provided all supports necessary to prevent settlement of surface area or othersuperimposed loads. If the Resident Representative is of the opinion that sufficient supports havenot been provided, he may recommend the furnishing and placing of additional bracing, sheeting ortimbering, at the expense of the Contractor; but compliance with, or failure of, the ResidentRepresentative to give such recommendations shall not release the Contractor from his responsibilityfor the sufficiency of such supports.

Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be installed on wood skids to maintain clearance between theoutside of the carrier pipe and the inside force of the boring wall. After the pipe is properly jointed,aligned and secured or braced in the bored hole, the entire space between the pipe and the inside ofthe bored hole shall be completely filled with sand. It shall be carefully placed so that properalignment and grade of the carrier pipe will be maintained.

Suitable bulkheads shall be provided at each end of the bored hole.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 06) The number of lineal feet of pipe line or sewer, in bored hole to bemeasured for payment under this Item shall be the actual length constructed, measured along thecenterline of the carrier pipe, not to exceed that shown on the Drawings unless ordered in writingby the Resident Representative.

175

RECONNECT WATER SERVICE LINES

ITEM 1845

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to relocateexisting water service lines which interfere with the construction of the new sewer and/or storm drainas specified herein.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Testing of Pipelines and Sewers Item 1600Sterilization of Potable Water Lines and Tanks Item 1700

Applicable portions of the latest revision of the following specifications shall be included as a partof this Specification.

ASTM – American Society for Testing and MaterialsODOT – Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Materials

Specifications


Copper Pipe and Fittings: Type K, conforming to ASTM B-88 and B-251.

Polybutylene Plastic Tubing: NSF approved, meeting or exceeding ASTM D-2581, Type II Grade1 (PB 2110) equal to iron pipe sizes.

Polyethylene Plastic Tubing: NSF approved, meeting or exceeding ASTM D-2737 SDR 9, equal tocopper tube sizes.

Plastic tubing shall be capable of maintaining a pressure of 300 psi at 73.4E F for 1000 hours.Maximum working pressure shall be 160 psi at 73.4E F.

Pipe shall be marked with size, ASTM Specification Number, pressure rating, National SanitationFoundation (NSF) approval, manufacturer’s identification and date of manufacturer.Connections shall be cold flare or compression type.

Fittings: Standard brass waterworks fittings.

Bedding Material shall be gravel, crushed limestone or slag, No. 6, 67 or 68 gradation per Table 703-1 of the ODOT Specifications, free from dirt and other deleterious materials.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) Prior to removal of the existing service line, notify the Owner, who willshut off the service line.

Remove the existing service line as required to clear the new sewer and/or drain.

Install new service line immediately after removal of the existing line, above or below the new sewer

176

and/or drain as required. Provide a minimum 4’-6” of cover and a minimum clearance of 12 inchesbetween the waterline and new sanitary sewer/storm drain.

Provide couplings or adapters as required to make connections to the existing water service line.

After installation, test the line for tightness. After final approval by the Resident Representative andthe water department, backfilling may be completed.

Should the line show leaks during testing, repair any leaks and retest the line until water tightnessis achieved.

Relocate existing valves, corporation cocks and valve boxes encountered, if any, to clear the sewerand/or drain as directed by the Resident Representative.

Dispose of existing materials removed off the site.

Payment shall be made for the actual footage of water service line reconnected.

The Contractor shall require the Water Company to locate all waterlines, and water service lines andtake all precautions necessary to protect all existing utilities including water service lines. This Itemdoes not release the Contractor of notifying the Water Company of damages prior to repair.

177

RESTORE EXISTING STORM DRAIN

ITEM 1860

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment required to restoreexisting sewer and/or drain lines cut during construction as shown on the Drawings and Specifiedherein.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Concrete Item 500Polyethylene Item 1460

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) Pipe 4” through 36” diameter shall be polyethylene Storm Drain PVCGravity Sewer Pipe conforming to Item 1460, of the same size as the existing pipe.

Use Oak or similar hardwood having a unit working stress in bending of at least 1100 pounds persquare inch. Use sound timber, free from cracks, shakes, loose or large knots. Timber shall be rough,full dimension of the size shown in the table on the Drawings. Wherever any timber is in contactwith other timber securely nail together.

Use Class C concrete as specified in Item 500, Concrete, except that no aggregate larger than three-quarter inch shall be used. Include payment for Concrete in this Item.

Sand fill shall be natural sand or sand manufactured from stone or air-cooled slag, with 90 - 100%passing a No. 4 sieve.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) Construct bridges of the type and dimensions shown on the Drawings,located where shown or directed by the Resident Representative. Provide lengths so that the bearingon undisturbed earth is at least 12 inches.

Backfill the main trench and compact to the elevation of the sewer to be restored. Place foot blockson tamped undisturbed earth and install bridge. Carefully place and thoroughly tamp backfill underand around the bridge, so as to provide all possible support to the restored pipe line. Lay pipe to theproper grade and alignment.

Make joints watertight. Junctions with existing pipe shall be made with concrete. Carefully placeconcrete, taking care that the pipe does not float or shift in position.

178

REMOVE AND REPLACE STORM DRAINS

ITEM 1862

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to removeexisting storm drain pipe, inlets/catch basins and other appurtenances, if any, which are in thelocation of the new sanitary sewer/force main installation and install a new storm drain withinlets/catch basins and appurtenances adjacent to, and parallel to, the new sanitary sewer/force mainlocation, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Items of work and/or materials to be performed and/or furnishedand included for payment in this Item are:

Pipe Excavation and Backfill Item 120Polyethylene Item 1460Manholes Item 2000Inlets and Catch Basins Item 2025Miscellaneous Cast Iron Item 2300

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) Materials incorporated in the work shall conform to the following:

New pipe shall be Polyethylene Storm Drain Pipe conforming to Item 1460.

Manholes, if any, shall conform to Item 2000.

Inlets/catch basins shall be as shown on the Drawings and conform to Item 2025.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) Perform all earth excavation and backfill required to remove theexisting storm drain and appurtenances and to install the new storm drain, inlets/catch basins andappurtenances.

New storm drain shall be installed in the location, and to the depth and grade, shown on theDrawings. New inlets/catch basins and manholes shall be constructed in the same area whereexisting were removed, but over the new storm drain.

Install pipe, with bedding material, in accordance with Item 1460.

Install new inlets/catch basins in accordance with Item 2025.

Rim elevations of inlets/catch basins and manholes shall be determined in the field at time ofconstruction.

Backfill storm drain trench from the top of the bedding material up to the bottom of the sanitarysewer/force main trench with granular backfill, Item 165. If under paved area, trench shall bebackfilled with granular backfill up to the bottom of the pavement. If not under pavement, trenchshall be backfilled with compacted earth material.

Connect existing inlets/catch basins, not disturbed, to new storm drain with type and size of pipe asexisting.

179

DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS: (Sec. 05) Existing castings removed shall remain the property of theOwner. Contractor shall deliver to the Owner’s storage yard.

Materials removed, and which are not re-used, shall be disposed of off the site by the Contractor.

180

REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING DRIVEWAY CULVERTS

ITEM 1875

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for removing,cleaning and reinstalling driveway culverts encountered along the routes of the sewer and/or drainsincluding the necessary earth excavation and backfilling.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Work and/or materials to be performed and/or furnished inaccordance with other Items, but included for payment in this Item are:

Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Corrugated Metal Pipe Item 1050

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Carefully remove all driveway culverts within the measurement limitsof the excavation for the main sewers and/or drains, and such other as may be directed by theResident Representative, ahead of the excavation and store temporarily during the construction ofthe sewer and/or drain across the driveways. After the sewer and/or drain is built, clean the culvertpipes and reinstall in their original locations and backfill as called for in Item 120, Earth Excavationand Backfill.

If the Resident Representative determines that any culvert pipe is in such condition that it cannot becleaned and reinstalled because of collapse, corrosion or for any other reason, it shall be replacedwith new galvanized corrugated metal pipe as specified under Item 1050, Corrugated Metal Pipe.

MEASUREMENT: (Sec. 04) Use the actual number of driveway culverts removed and reinstalledwithin the trench measurement limits, or directed by the Resident Representative, in determining thequantity for payment. If the Resident Representative directs that an old culvert pipe cannot bereinstalled and a new pipe must be installed, such driveway location will not be considered a unitunder this Item, and new corrugated metal pipe will be paid for as specified under Item 1050,Corrugated Metal Pipe.

181

AIR RELEASE VALVE

ITEM 1915

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install Air Release Valve and access manhole asindicated on the Drawings and specified.


Earth Excavation/Backfill Item 120Granular Backfill Item 500PVC Pressure Pipe Item 1410Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600Manholes Item 2000



Air Release Valve

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 05) Payment will be made per each.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS


Concrete, Item 500PVC Pressure Pipe/Fitting, Item 1410Precast Manhole, Item 2000Manhole Steps, Steel Reinforced PolypropyleneManhole Casting, See DrawingsValves, Plug, PVC Type 1, Grade 1Bedding material, #6 crushed limestone

EQUIPMENT: (Sec. 08) Air Release Valve, Crispin Model US20B, or equal.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 09) Perform all required excavation and backfill and install access manholeand air release valve complete, ready for operation.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL (Sec. 10)

Testing: Each installation shall be tested in conjunction with the adjacent portions of pressure line.

182

Any installation not meeting testing requirements shall be repaired and retested until testingrequirements are met.

183

FLUSHING CONNECTION

ITEM 1917

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install In-Line or End-of-Line (Flushing Connection)or (Clean-out) in the locations, and as indicated, on the Drawings and specified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02)

Furnished/paid for in this Item:

Earth Excavation/Backfill Item 120Granular Backfill Item 165Concrete Item 500PVC and CPVC Rigid Pipe Item 1420Testing of Pipe Lines and Sewers Item 1600Plug Valves with Adjustable Valve Box and Cover Item 1927

Furnished/paid for in respective Item:

Topsoil Item 205Seeding Item 210PVC Pressure Pipe Item 1410

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Work in this Item generally includes the installation of the FlushingConnection(s) complete in place, including PVC enclosure, concrete collar, frame and cover, PVCriser pipe and fittings, couplings, nipples, plug valve, granular backfill, and bedding material.



AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation OfficialsODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material

Specifications.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) See General Conditions. Provide two copies for reference purposes only,of the following:

Plug valveFrame/coverCorrugated PVC Pipe

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 07) Per each, complete in place.


184

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 09) Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe – heavy duty, conforming toAASHTO M-294.

Bedding Material shall be crushed gravel ODOT No. 8 gradation, or sand free from dirt and otherdeleterious material.

Additional material – See Related Work, above.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 10) Perform all required excavation/backfill and install all Materialsindicated on the Drawings for a complete installation.

FIELD OUALITY CONTROL: (Sec. 11) Testing – Test each installation in conjunction withadjacent portions of collector main.

Any installation not meeting testing requirements shall be repaired and retested until requirementsmet.

185

ADJUSTABLE VALVE BOX AND COVER

ITEM 1925

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all the material and properly set in place at the locationindicated on the Drawings, or as directed, all adjustable valve boxes and covers.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 02) The boxes and covers shall be of cast iron and equal in all respects to thestandard extension boxes and covers for valves three inches in size and large, as made by the ClowCorporation, Mueller Company, or equal. Base sections shall be of the proper size to fit the valve.

SETTING: (Sec. 03) Set base sections so they do NOT rest on the valves. Provide at least two inchesbetween the valve and the base section. Set valve boxes exactly plumb and the cover flush with thetop of the upper section. In tamping and backfilling around the boxes, take special care to keep thebox plumb and firmly supported to avoid settlement. Reset any box which is found out of plumb,or which is not firmly supported.

EXTENSION STEMS: (Sec. 04) Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, whenever theoperating nut of any valve is more than seven feet below the top of the valve box, furnish and installan extension stem. Furnish extension stem with a socket of the proper size to fit on the valveoperating nut, securely attached to a rod not less than one inch in diameter, with a nut on top of thesame size as the valve operating nut, so arranged that the upper nut will be centered in the box at anelevation about four feet below the box cover.

PAINTING: (Sec. 05) Shop paint all adjustable valve boxes, covers, extension sections and stems,as specified for AWWA C-110 “Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings” by the American Water WorksAssociation.

186

MANHOLE

ITEM 2000

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install Manholes and drop attachments as indicated onthe Drawings and specified.


Earth Excavation/Backfill Item 120Foundation Cushion Item 160Concrete Item 500Bulk Concrete Item 505Steel Reinforcement Item 600


Rock Excavation and Backfill Item 125Granular Backfill Item 165Pavement, Curb, Gutter, Sidewalks Item 300




SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 05) Shop Drawings for manhole, frame, cover, steps.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 06) Measurement for manholes will be made from the invertof the outlet pipe, or riser tee section, vertically to the top of the manhole cover. Include riser teesections and supporting concrete with manhole.

Measurement for drop attachments will be made from the invert of the inlet pipe at the top of thedrop attachment to the invert of the outlet pipe of the manhole.

Measure for payment upon final completion and acceptance.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS


Manhole – precast, reinforced concrete, ASTM C-478, with eccentric cone sections. Concretecompressive strength f’ c = 5000 psi.

187

Frame-Cover Cast Iron – ASTM A-48, Class 30B. Covers on intercepting or sanitary sewers, shallhave words “SANITARY SEWER” or “SAN. SEWER” cast in raised letters; covers on storm drainsshall have words “STORM DRAIN” cast in raised letters. Machine rim and covers to preventrocking. Style indicated on Drawings.

Steps – Aluminum, 6061-T6 alloy, ASTM B-221 or Steel Reinforced Polypropylene, style indicatedon Drawings.

Joint Gaskets – flexible rubber, ASTM C-443 (Sanitary Manholes Only).

Resilient Connectors – ASTM C-923, for positive seal between connector and manhole wall andbetween connector and pipe.

Concrete – Poured in Place, Item 500.

Bulk Concrete – Concrete Collars, Item 505

Butyl Sealant – Flexible Butyl Resin Sealant ASTM C-990 by ConSeal or equal.

Test Pipe - ½ inch diameter PVC, ASTM D-1785, Schedule 80, with cap.

Foundation Cushion – Item 160.

MANHOLE TYPES: (Sec. 09)

Standard: Construct standard manholes of the size indicated on the Drawings, similar to standardmanholes, except that, in order to obtain all possible headroom, place a reinforced concrete slabinstead of cone section on top.

Shallow: Construct shallow manholes as indicated on the Drawings, similar to standard manholes,except that, in order to obtain all possible headroom, place a reinforced concrete slab instead of conesection on top.

Riser Tee: Construct riser tee manholes as indicated on the Drawings, similar to standard manholes,except that, precast concrete riser tee sections, supported with bulk concrete, shall be used for thebase.

Drop Attachments: Construct drop attachments of pipe encased in concrete and of the size indicatedon the Drawings. The tee at the upper end of the drop pipe shall have the same diameter as theincoming pipe unless indicated otherwise. The tee, the drop pipe, and the 90 degree ell, and theencasing concrete are considered a part of the drop attachment.



PREPARATION: (Sec. 11) Clear site as required for the proper performance of the work.

188

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 12) Perform all earth excavation, to the limits indicated on the Drawings,for the proper installation of the manhole. Install manhole sections on precast concrete manhole baseplaced on six inch thickness of Foundation Cushion or poured-in-place monolithic concrete base,or, if specified and/or indicated on Drawing, precast manhole tee sections.

Install true and plumb.

Sanitary Manholes: Make all joints with gaskets; pipe connections with resilient connectors. Jointsand pipe connections shall be watertight.

Channel manhole bottom to depth indicated on the Drawings and to width equal to diameter of pipe.Provide smooth, clear, flow lines of formed concrete or pipe sections.

Install test pipe, approximately twelve inches long, through manhole wall above one of the pipesentering the manhole, as indicated on Drawings, for measuring ground water head. Securely groutin place with capped end inside manhole. (Sanitary manholes only).

Openings for pipes 18 inches and smaller entering above the top of the outlet pipe (drop attachments)may be cut in the field. Connect pipes over 18 inches in diameter entering the manhole above the topof the outlet pipe by a tee connection, precast with the barrel of the manhole.

Adjust frame and cover to proper elevation with precast concrete rings. Final rim elevations ofmanholes shall be determined in the field at time of construction.

Set casting in grout.

Install steps wherever indicated on the Drawings, cast or grouted in place at a uniform spacing of notover 16 inches center to center. Add a non-shrinking agent to the grout.

Support precast manhole tee sections with concrete as indicated on the Drawings.

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. 13) Upon completion of work, remove excess materials, debris, etc. off site. Putsite in neat, orderly conditions.

189

MANHOLE CHIMNEY SEALS

ITEM 2001

MANHOLE CHIMNEY SEALS

A. Provide all manholes with a mechanical rubber chimney seal for the casting-to- manholecone section/slab joint.

1. Chimney seals shall be a flexible rubber sleeve extruded from a high grade rubbercompound meeting applicable requirements of ASTM C-923. The sleeve shall bedouble pleated with a minimum thickness of 3/16 inch, and shall expand not less that2 inches vertically when installed. Top and bottom shall contain an integrally formedexpansion band recess and multiple sealing fins. Any splices shall be hot vulcanizedand shall withstand a 180E bend with no visible separation.

2. Expansion bands for compressing the sleeve and extension against the manholesurfaces shall be 16 gauge, minimum 1 ¾ inches wide, and stainless steel meeting therequirements of ASTM A240, Type 304. The expansion mechanism shall have thecapacity to develop the pressure necessary to make a watertight seal and shall havea minimum adjustment range of not less than two (2) diameter inches.

B. Manufacturer:

1. Cretex Specialty Products or equal

C. All manholes shall be sealed between the cover frame and cone top prior to manhole testing.

1. Chimney seals shall be installed to provide an interior flexible seal between themanhole frames and adjusting feature, and cone sections. Chimney seals shall beinstalled in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions including use ofbutyl caulk on lower portion of seal. The installation of the chimney seal andextension shall include the preparation of the wall surfaces in the chimney area andthe adjustment of the frame as required by the manufacturer’s instructions. Allmanufacturer’s warranties shall apply and not be voided.

2. Chimney seal extension shall be installed as required and directed by the Engineer.

MEASUREMENT OF PAYMENTMeasurement of payment shall be for each manhole chimney seal assembly installed and includestandard 8” and 10” wide seals, with 7” or 10” extensions as well as all hardware and labor to install.

190

INLETS AND CATCH BASINS

ITEM 2025

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install theinlets and/or catch basins as shown on the Drawings, and as specified herein.


Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Concrete Item 500Steel Reinforcement Item 600Miscellaneous Cast Iron Item 2300

Rock excavation, if required, shall be as specified in and paid for in Item 125.

Backfill under pavement or sidewalks shall be granular backfill, performed and paid for in Item 165.

MATERIALS: (Sec. 03) The inlets and/or catch basins shall be reinforced precast concreteconforming to the following:

Concrete shall be minimum 5000 psi at 28 days, conforming to Item 500, Concrete.

Steel Reinforcement shall conform to Item 600, Steel Reinforcement.

Miscellaneous Cast Iron shall conform to Item 2300, Miscellaneous Cast Iron. Frames and gratesshall be as shown on the Drawings.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 04) Excavate as required for proper installation. Install on undisturbed earthwith a three inch sand or gravel pad. Set frame in a bed or mortar. Connect all pipes and grout inplace.

Final rim elevations of inlets and Catch Basins shall be determined in the field at time ofconstruction.

191

PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES

ITEM 2055

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install Precast Concrete Structures of the size and shape,and in the location(s) indicated on the Drawings and specified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in respective Item: (as applicable)

Miscellaneous Cast Iron Item 2300Aluminum Access Doors and Hatches Item 2610

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 03) All materials and equipment shall be new and of the bestquality.


ASTM - American Society of Testing and MaterialsODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Materials

Specifications


DELIVERY/STORAGE/HANDLING: (Sec. 06) Handle, transport and store precast items in aposition consistent with their shape and design in order to avoid excessive stresses or damage.

Secure all necessary permits required for affected governing bodies for transportation routes andmethods.

Inspect all precast items prior to unloading. Major damage during transit or handling, as determinedby the Resident Representative, will be cause for rejection. Minor damage, such as spalls or chips,shall be repaired as specified in Item 2055.



PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 09) Concrete – compression strength of 5000 psi at 28 days.

Patching Concrete Remove defective material to sound concrete or a minimum of one and one-halfinches. Edges of repaired area shall be perpendicular to finish concrete surface. Thoroughly cleanarea with water and compressed air. Apply epoxy bonding agent such as Sikastix by Sika ChemicalCorp. Euco Epoxy by Euclid Chemical Company, or equal, according to manufacturer’s directions.Patch with non-shrinking mortar of color, surface and texture to match surrounding concrete. Cure

192

as directed by the mortar manufacturer.

Fill openings left in existing concrete by removal of pipes and equipment in manner similar to thatdescribed above. Patches in tanks and channels shall be watertight.

Steel Reinforcement – Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement – ASTM A-185,Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcing, Grade 60, ASTM A-615, or equal.

Sand Cushion – Natural sand or sand manufactured from stone, gravel or air-cooled slag, ODOT703.02 or 703.05.

FABRICATION: (Sec. 10) Precast units shall be shop manufactured.

Block out openings required for manhole castings, access hatches, pipes, etc. as indicated on theDrawings.

Cast in place items that may be indicated on the Drawings, re: manhole steps.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 11) Perform earth excavation and backfill required for the installation ofprecast units.

Install as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, set precast units on a four inch minimum thickness sandcushion, thoroughly compacted.

193

MISCELLANEOUS CAST IRON

ITEM 2300

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install iron castings as shown on the Drawings andspecified herein, unless specifically included in other Items.

REFERENCE ITEMS: (Sec. 02) Applicable portions of the latest revision of the followingspecifications shall be included as a part of this Specification:

ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) In general, this Item includes cast iron brackets, manhole steps, toepockets, manhole and inlet frames and covers, trench gratings and covers, floor boxes and other castiron parts shown on the Drawings that are not included for payment in other Items.

MATERIALS: (Sec. 04) Castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-48, Class 40, must berelatively smooth, free from blow holes and other defects, and conform to the dimensions on theDrawing.

CLEANING: (Sec. 05) Wire brush or sandblast casting to remove dirt, rust and debris prior toplacing in position. Do not use acid to clean castings.

PLACING: (Sec. 06) Set casting in correct position noted on the Drawings. If casting is set inconcrete, maintain correct position of casting until concrete has set.

PAINTING: (Sec. 07) Shop apply one coat of bitumastic paint to all castings. Field painting shallbe performed and paid for in accordance with Item 3600, Painting.

SHOP DRAWINGS: (Sec. 08) Submit detail drawings of all iron castings required to complete theinstallation.

PAYMENT: (Sec, 09) Included with other items.

194

ALUMINUM ACCESS DOORS AND HATCHES

ITEM 2610

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install aluminum access doors and hatches as shown onthe Drawings and specified herein.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 02) Doors and hatches shall be as described below.

Hardware shall be stainless steel or cadmium plated. Door and frame shall have factory mill finish.Apply bituminous coating to the exterior of the frame coming in contract with concrete.

Aluminum, Watertight, Single or Double Lead Doors: Door leaf shall be one-quarter inch aluminumdiamond pattern plate to withstand a live load of 300 lb/sq ft unless noted otherwise on theDrawings. Channel frame shall be one-quarter inch aluminum with and/or flange around theperimeter. Equip each door leaf with a minimum of two heavy forged stainless steel hinges, stainlesssteel pins, compression type spring operators for easy operation, and an automatic hold-open armwith release handle to permit easy, one-hand release. Provide a snap lock with removable handle.Provide a one and one-half inch drainage coupling as shown on the Drawings. Connect detachablechains to the doors to provide a safety chain across the end openings when the door is open.

Aluminum Roof Scuttle: Cover shall be aluminum, 11 gauge thickness with three inch beadedflange, neatly welded and glass fiber insulation one inch in thickness, fully covered and protectedby metal liner of 18 gauge aluminum.

Curb shall be 12 inches in height and 11 gauge aluminum, formed with a three and one-half inchflange with holes provided or securing to the roof deck. Equip curb with integral metal capflashingof same gauge and material as the curb, full welded at the corners for absolute weather tightness.insulation on the exterior of the curb shall be rigid fiberboard one inch in thickness.

Scuttle shall be completely assembled with heavy pintle hinges, compression spring operatorsenclosed in telescopic tubes, positive snap latch with turn handles and padlock hasps inside andoutside, and neoprene draft seal. Equip cover with an automatic hold open arm, complete withhandle to permit easy, one-hand release.

Aluminum Access Doors: Door leaf shall be one-quarter inch aluminum diamond plate pattern,reinforced to withstand a live load of 150 lb/sq ft. Frame shall be one-quarter inch extendedaluminum with strap anchors. Provide cast steel hinges, hold open arms, and snap lock withremovable handle.

GUARANTEE: (Sec. 03) Manufacturer shall guarantee proper operation and against defects inmaterial or workmanship for a period of five years.

SHOP DRAWINGS: (Sec. 04) Submit for review manufacturer’s name, model numbers, materialtypes and thickness, and technical literature.

195

WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM APPURTENANCES

ITEM 2713

PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 01) The work specified in this Section shall consist of furnishing andinstalling exterior valves, and accessories and connections to building services where required asindicated on the Contract Drawings.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. 02) Requirement of Regulatory Agencies – Material shall beapproved by the Engineer.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 03) The Contractors shall submit the manufacturer’s certification thatmaterials meet or exceed specification requirements.

WORKSITE CONDITIONS: (Sec. 04) Indicated locations of existing facilities, utilities and systemsare approximate. The Contractor shall make his own investigation and determination of exactlocations and natures of existing facilities, utilities and systems.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

CAST IRON COUPLINGS: (Sec. 05) Are to be used in coupling pipe of same or differing outsidediameters. The coupling body and cam ring shall meet or exceed ASTM A536. Bolts and nuts shallbe high strength steel national coarse, rolled thread, electro galvanized with dichromate seal. Gasketsshall be virgin SBR compound for water service.

PIPE BEDDlNG AND BACKFILL: (Sec. 06) Are as follows:

A. Gate valves shall be double-disc, parallel seat non-rising stem and shall be of thefully revolving disc design. Valves shall be designed for working pressure of 200 psi.The valve shall hold pressure equally well with the pressure applied from either sideof the valve. The valve shall open counter clockwise. The valve shall be such asMueller Resilient Seat or equal.

B. The Case and Bonnet

1. The case and bonnet shall be cast iron and shall be ample thickness towithstand strains due to temperature in addition to those incident to theirposition in the ground.

2. The case and bonnet shall be of cast iron with minimum wall thickness notless than specified in AWWA C-500.

3. Valves shall correspond to AWWA C-500 Class 250 unless otherwisespecified.

C. Disc and Disc Seat Rings – Cast Iron Discs shall be accurately machined to receivebronze disc seat rings. The disc seat rings shall be rolled, peened or pressed into thedisc to make a mechanical lock to secure the disc seat ring to the disc. When securedin place the disc seat ring surface shall be machined flat and smooth.

196

D. Valve Stem shall be made of manganese bronze or cast aluminum bronze. ValveStem shall have a tensile strength of not less than 70,000 psi and yield strength of notless than 35,000 psi. The thrust collar shall be integral with smooth bearing surfacecontacting bronze bearing surfaces above and below the collar.

E. The valves shall be provided with “O” Rings as the dirt seal. The design of the Valveand Seal Plate shall be such that the Seal Plate can be fitted with new “O” Ringswhile the valve is under pressure in the fully open position.

F. Wedging shall be accomplished by a lower wedge bearing on a boss in the valvebody and contacting an upper wedge containing the bronze stem nut. Wedgingsurfaces shall be bronze, or monel to iron.

G. Body Seat Rigs shall be made of bronze and shall be back faced to contact amachined seat in the body to make a pressure tight seal. The face in contact with thedisc seat ring shall be flat with a smooth machined finish.

H. Roller and Guides the valve body shall be provided with integral cast guides tomaintain the proper positioning of the gate assembly during opening and closing ofthe valve.

I. Bolts and Nuts used in the construction of the valves shall meet National Standardswith respect to bolt heads, threads and nuts, and shall be hot-dip galvanized orcadmium.

J. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A-1261 Class “B”. It shall be uniform sound,tough, close grained and soft enough to be cut and drilled. Castings shall be smoothand free from lumps, core swells, scales, blisters, sand holes, cracks, shrinkagestrains, cold shuts and defects and imperfections which may impair their strength orrender the castings unsightly or otherwise unfit for use in construction. Plugging orfilling will not be allowed.

K. Bronze castings other than stem material shall conform to ASTM B62.

L. Steel used must be of first quality of open hearth steel and must have an ultimatestrength of not less than sixth thousand nor more than seventy thousand pounds persquare inch, and an elastic limit of not less than one half the ultimate strength.

M. Paint the inside and outside of the valves, together with the working parts exceptthose of bronze and machined faces, shall be covered with two coats of approvedasphaltum paint.

CORPORATION STOPS: (Sec. 07) Shall conform to AWWA Specifications No. C-800 for copperservice pipe Mueller Type H-15000, or approved equal.

COPPER PIPE: (Sec. 08) Shall be seamless tube type K or L conforming ASTM D88. Fittings shallbe wrought copper and bronze flared or threaded type pressure fitting conforming to ASTM D88.

CONTRACTOR: (Sec. 09) Will furnish two valve wrenches to the Owner as applied andmanufactured by the valve manufacturer, and two wrenches for the curb valves.

VALVES: (Sec. 10)

197

A. Valves shall be kept clean prior to installation. Valve boxes shall be installed overvalves.

B. Curb stops shall be installed as required by the Engineer and shown on the drawings.

C. Additional pipe fittings and transition couplings shall be furnished and installedwhere required to complete the installation of the water mains, when the line mustdeviate from the indicated alignment because of unforeseen obstruction.

PART – 3

CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING WATER SERVICE LINES: (Sec. 11)

A. Connections with existing water services shall be made in accordance with therequirements of the City and the State of Ohio EPA regulations.

B. The Contractor shall maintain service in waterlines, service connections and theexisting main at all times. This may require installing temporary service lines untilthe service connection can be made, tested and disinfected.

198

FIRE HYDRANTS

ITEM 2715

PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 01) – The work specified in this Section shall consist of furnishing andinstalling Fire Hydrants as indicated.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 02)

A. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer’s catalog data Shop Drawing forapproval.

B. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer’s certification that materials meet orexceed specification requirements.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

CAST IRON: (Sec. 03) – Shall conform to ASTM A-126, Class B and shall be uniform, sound,tough, close-gained and soft enough to be satisfactorily cut and drilled. Castings shall be smoothwithout lumps, core swells, scales, blisters, and sand holes, cracks, shrinkage strains, cold shuts andother defects and imperfections which may impair their strength or render them unsightly orotherwise unfit for use in construction. Plugging or filling will not be allowed.

PRODUCTS: (Sec. 04)

A. Fire hydrants shall be Mueller Company No. A-423.

B. Fire hydrants shall be” of the compression type, closing with pressure, hydrants shallopen counter clockwise. Work and materials shall be in compliance with AWWAC502.

C. Standard assembly of hydrant shall measure a minimum of 28 ½ inches from groundline to top of operating nut. Maximum height shall not exceed 32 inches from finishgrade.

DRAIN VALVES: (Sec. 05) – Shall consist of at least two openings. Drainage areas shall be ofbronze or a combination of bronze and rubber.

GROUND LINE CONNECTION: (Sec. 06) – Hydrants provided shall have a ground line breakawayfeature to prevent damage to nozzle section in case of accident Ground line connection shall bedesigned so as to allow rotation of the nozzle section to any degree with a total of 360E ground lineconnection to consist of four segments which bolt together. Lower barrel shall be ductile iron withinside diameter not less than 7 inches.

NOZZLES: (Sec. 06) – Fire hydrants shall have two 2 ½ inch nozzles and one 4 ½ inch pumpernozzle, “Mueller” type as follows:

A. The two 2 ½ inch nozzles and one 4 ½ inch nozzle shall be threaded to meet NFPA,Standard No. 194, titled “Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire House Coupling”.

199

B. Nozzle threads shall have a blunt start known as “Higbee Cut”.

OPERATING SYSTEM: (Sec. 07) – Shall be a two section square steel rod to conform to ASTMA-107 with a breakable coupling at the ground line. Breakable stem coupling shall be designed soas to readily break in case of accidents, yet shall be strong enough to withstand above normaloperating torque.

ANTI-FRICTION THRUST BEARING: (Sec. 08) – Shall be as recommended by manufacturer.

MAIN VALVE: (Sec. 09) Opening for hydrants shall be 5 ¼ inches. Main valve rubber shall be solidmolded type or synthetic rubber. Main valve seat shall be bronze and screwed into a bronze retainerring. The main valve assembly shall be removable through the top of the hydrant using a smallwrench which engages the top portion of the operating system.

CAPS: (Sec. 10) Nozzles shall be provided with cast iron caps screwed on and attached to the nozzlesection by means of individual standard iron chains.

OPERATING NUTS: (Sec. 11)

A. Pentagon Operating Nut of hydrant shall be Standard 1 ½ inches point to flat.

B. Dome Bonnets shall be cast iron.

BEDDING: (Sec. 12) Shall be stone or gravel conforming to the requirements of Ohio DOTSpecifications Section 703, Type No. 67.


FIRE HYDRANTS: (Sec. 13) Shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’srecommendations and as indicated. Pumper nozzle shall face roadway.

PAINTING: (Sec. 14) The inside, and outside of the hydrants, and the working pans except thoseof bronze, shall be covered with two coats of approved asphaltum paint. The asphaltum paint shallbe applied to the ground line on the outside of the hydrant. Hydrants shall be covered with one coatof primer and two coats of approved paint above the ground line. The domes and the barbell of thehydrant shall match existing hydrant color standard.

TESTING: (Sec. 15) Fire hydrants shall be tested for ease of operating and drainage parts shall betested for speed and efficiency in draining the hydrant barrel. Fire hydrants shall be pressure testedat 200 psi using water or air pressure. Visual inspection shall be made of cast parts for sand holes,welds, and plugs, and those that are bad will be rejected. Direction of opening and size of operatingnuts shall be checked.

BACKFILLING: Excavation, and thrust blocks shall be as specified in Section 204.

PART 4 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PAYMENT: (Sec. 16) Each.

200

PLUG VALVES

ITEM 3110

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish, install, test and adjust Plug Valve(s) as indicated on theDrawings and specified.

Include operators, handwheels, floor stands, extension stems, wrenches, operating nuts, chains, stemguides, etc.


Painting Item 3600

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) For water, sewerage or sludge, use non-lubricated, eccentric valve withsynthetic rubber faced plug. For gas service, use lubricated valve.

Valve shall have limit stop that allows plug to rotate 90E from fully open to fully closed.

Maximum working pressure 150 psi, test pressure 300 psi.

Valve shall have minimum port area 80% of line size, suitable for applications involving throttlingoperation after long periods of inactivity.

Valve shall be interchangeable with wedge gate valve. Drill flanges ANSI 125# standard drillingexcept that tapped holes may be used for four cap screws straddling the vertical centerline.

Lubricated valves shall be designed to force lubricant over all seating surfaces with a minimumcontamination of line fluids.


Subject one prototype operator of each model and torque rating to a shop torque test equal to orgreater than twice the rated torque rating to a shop torque test equal to or greater than twice the ratedtorque. After testing, completely dismantle the operator and carefully examine for any evidence ofdamage. Upon request, furnish the purchaser with certified copies of reports describing theprocedures and results of these tests for each model and torque rating of operator to be furnished.


ANSI - American National Standards InstituteAWWA - American Water Works Association


Three copies -operation, maintenance, lubrication instructions, parts lists, etc.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 07) Per each, including operators, handwheels, floor stands,all necessary accessories.

201


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. 09) Valve body, plug, and bonnet shall be cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B.Provide upper and lower stem bushings of noncorrosive material and stem seals or compressionpacking or “O” rings. Seating surfaces of the body in contract with the plug face shall be not lessthan 90% nickel.

ACCESSORIES: (Sec. 10) Provide the following as required:

Valve Stand Extension Stem: Valve stand shall be cast iron, floor mounted type. Mount operator forvalve specified to have worm gear and wheel operation on the floor stand. Extension stem, Schedule40 steel pipe, cold rolled steel or bronze with adjustable guide bearings so spaced that the ratio ofthe unsupported length of stem to the stem radius shall not exceed 200; however, in no case shall thedistance between guides exceed then feet center to center.

Thread and key or pin couplings to the stems.

Provide bronze bushed stem guides adjustable in two directions.

Measure length of extension stems from centerline of valve to top of supporting structure for floorstand or operating nut.

Provide valves six feet or more above operating floor with a cross bar and chain, or a wheel andchain, as noted on the schedule. Measure length of chain from centerline of valve to five feet abovefloor.

All bolts, nuts and washers shall be cadmium plated.

OPERATORS: (Sec. 11) Proper sizing and assembly of valve operators to the valve is theresponsibility of the valve manufacturer.

Furnish worm gear, traveling nut, electric, hydraulic, or pneumatic cylinder operators as indicatedon the Drawings or in The Valve Schedule.

The operating stem shall turn counterclockwise to open, clockwise to close.

Torque: Supply operators with rated torque capability sufficient to seal unseat, and rigidly hold inany intermediate position the valve plug it controls under the operating conditions specified. Equipall valves with adjustable mechanical stop-limiting devices to prevent overtravel of the valve plugin the open and closed positions. Design operator housings, supports, and connections to the valvewith a minimum safety factor of five, based on the ultimate strength, or three, based on the yieldstrength, of materials used.

Gearing: Total enclose operators composed of worm gearing in a gear case, with worm gears ofbronze and worms of hardened steel, operating in a lubricant.

Operators of the traveling-nut type shall have threaded reach rods of steel and a bronze or ductile-iron nut with internal threads. Operators shall be enclosed.

All gear operators or traveling-nut operators shall be self-locking, designed to transmit twice the

202

required operator torque without damage to the faces of the gear teeth or the contact faces of thescrew or nut.

MANUAL:

Valves four inch and smaller shall be wrench operated and valves six inch and larger shall be wormgear or traveling nut operated as specified in the Valve Schedule.

Valves and actuators for submerged and buried service shall have seals on all shafts, and gaskets onvalve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water. Actuator mounting brackets shall be totallyenclosed and shall have gasket seals. Provide stainless steel nuts, bolts, springs and washers forsubmerged and buried service.

Totally enclose worm gear operators in a gear case suitable for running in oil with seals provided onall shafts. Furnish all shaft bearings with permanently lubricated bronze bearing bushings. Actuatorshall clearly indicate valve position. Provide an adjustable stop to set dosing torque. Construct theactuator housing of semi-steel. Zinc or cadmium plate all exposed nuts, bolts, and washers.

CYLINDER:

Hydraulic or pneumatic double-acting cylinder actuators shall be suitable for operation on 50 to 80psi cylinder supply. Furnish actuators of rack and gear type, enclosed suitable for running in oil withseals provided on all shafts, to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. Furnish shaftbearings with permanently lubricated bronze bearing bushings. Actuator shall clearly indicate valveposition. Provide an adjustable stop to set closing torque. Valve packing adjustment shall beaccessible without removing tile actuator from the valve. Construction of actuator housing shall becast iron, ASTM, A126, Class B.

Equip actuators with an operating nut to allow manual valve operation on supply failure.

ELECTRIC ACTUATORS:

Provide electric actuators for all valves, as noted on Schedule, or as indicated on the Drawings.Electric actuators shall conform to Item 3350.


PREPARATION: (Sec. 12)

Shop Painting:

Shop paint all valves, extension stem, brackets, handwheel, and other parts not brass or bronze, inaccordance with AWWA C-500. Coat machined ferrous metal parts with shellac or heavy grease.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 13) Carefully and accurately install all plug valves to the elevation given.Install eccentric plug valves in pipe lines carrying sludge, slurries, suspended solids or drain lineswith seat upstream when possible. Unless otherwise necessary for proper operation, or permitted bythe Resident Representative, install all eccentric plug valves with shaft horizontal and the plug in theupper half of the valve body.

Field painting shall be performed in accordance with Item 3600, Painting.

203

ELECTRICAL: (Sec. 14) All motor starters, fusible safety switches, relays, limit switches, selectorswitches, pushbuttons, including lights and all other pilot devices necessary to form a completeoperating electrical system for each mechanical item will be supplied, mounted and wired in thisItem unless stated otherwise. All electrical equipment supplied in this Item shall conform to Item7000, Electrical Work.

Electric Wiring: The external conduit and wiring required for power supply to electrical equipmentsupplied in this Item will be supplied and installed In Item 7000, Electrical as indicated on theDrawings. All other wiring not indicated on the Drawings but necessary to provide a completeoperating system shall be included in this Item.


Testing:After the valves are set in place and ready to operate, test them under the working pressure andconditions specified in the Item for the lines in which they are installed. Make watertight or airtightany valve found to leak and, if found to be of faulty design or fabrication, satisfactorily repair orreplace at not additional expense to the Owner.

SCHEDULE: (Sec. 16) See Drawings for Plug Valve Schedule.

204

BALL VALVES

ITEM 3130

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish, install, test and adjust at the locations indicated on theDrawings or as directed, all ball valves as required or specified in the Ball Valve Schedule.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished paid for in this Item: (as applicable)

Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Item 1000PVC and CPVC Rigid Pipe Item 1420Painting Item 3600

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Ball valves shall be full port, tight shut-off, flanged end valvesconforming to AWWA C507 complete with operators, hand wheels, floor stands, extension stems,wrenches, chains, stem guides etc. Design pressure shall be 150 psi and test pressure 300 psi unlessnoted otherwise in the schedule.



AWWA - American Water Works AssociationANSI - American National Standards Institute

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Submit two copies for recordpurposes.

Operating, Maintaining, Lubricating, parts lists – See General Conditions.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 07) Payment per each.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS: (Sec. 09)

Ball Valves: PrattWilliametteor equal

Ball Valves Two inches and smallerPowell 4204BJamesbury A22BBor equal

205

MATERIAL: (Sec. 10) Materials for valves 3 inches and larger shall be as specified in AWWAC507 and as mentioned below unless specifically noted otherwise in the Ball Valve Schedule:

Bodies – Cast iron ASTM A-126 C1 B, ductile iron or cast steelPlugs – Cast iron ASTM A-48 C1 35, ductile iron or cast steelBody Seats – Stainless steelPlug Seats – Stainless steel or rubberBearings – Bronze or stainless steelShafts – Stainless steelSeals – “O” Ring or compression packing

Drill flanges to ANSI standards.

There shall be a hardness difference of at least 50 points on the Brinnell Hardness Scale betweenmating bearing surfaces. Seals shall be replaceable with valve under line pressure.

Ball valves 2” and smaller shall be of carbon steel construction with Buna seats and body seals.

Bolts and nuts – cadmium plated.

Gaskets – rubber.

ACCESSORIES: (Sec. 11) Provide the following as required.

Valve Stands and Extension Stems: Furnish valve stands and extension stems as indicated on theValve Schedule. Valve stands shall be cast iron, floor mounted type; mount operators for valvesspecified to have worm gear and wheel operation on the floor stands. Provide extension stems ofSchedule 40 steel pipe, cold rolled steel or bronze with adjustable guide bearings so spaced that theratio of the unsupported length of stem to the stem radius shall not exceed 200, however, in no caseshall the distance between guides exceed then feet center to center.

Thread and key or pin couplings to the stems.

Furnish bronze bushed stem guides adjustable in two directions.

Measure length of extension stems from centerline of valve to top of supporting structure for floorstand or operating nut.

OPERATORS: (Sec. 12) Properly sizing and assembly of valve operators to the valve isresponsibility of the valve manufacturer. The rated torque capability of each operator shall besufficient to seat, unseat, and rigidly hold in any intermediate position the valve plug it controlsunder operating conditions as indicated on the Drawings and/or in the Ball Valve Schedule.

MANUAL OPERATORS: (Sec. 13) Valves four inches and smaller shall be wrench operated andvalves six feet or more above the operating floor, with a cross bar and chain, or a wheel and chain,as noted in the schedule. Measure length of chain from centerline of valve to five feet above floor.Valves and actuators for submerged and buried service shall have seals on all shafts, and gaskets onvalve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water. Actuator mounting brackets shall be totallyenclosed and shall have gasket seals. Provide stainless steel nuts, bolts, springs for submerged andburied service.

Totally enclose worm gear operators in a gear case suitable for running in oil with seals provided on

206

all shafts. Furnish all shaft bearings with permanently lubricated bronze bearing bushings. Actuatorshall clearly indicate valve position. Provide an adjustable stop to set closing torque. Construct theactuator housing of semi-steel. Zinc or cadmium plate all exposed nuts, bolts, and washers.

ELECTRIC ACTUATORS: (Sec. 14) Provide electric actuators for all valves, as noted on Schedule,or as indicated on the Drawings. Electric actuators shall conform to Item 3350.

CYLINDER OPERATORS: (Sec. 15) Hydraulic or pneumatic double-acting cylinder actuators shallbe suitable for operation on 50 to 80 psi cylinder supply. Actuators shall be rack and gear type and-shall be enclosed suitable for running in oil with seals provided on all shafts, to prevent entry of dirtand water into the actuator. Furnish shaft bearings with permanently lubricated bronze bearingbushings. Actuator shall clearly indicate valve position. Provide an adjustable stop to set closingtorque. Valve packing adjustment shall be accessible without removing the actuator from the valve.Construction of actuator housing shall be semi-steel. Zinc or cadmium plate all exposed nuts, bolts,and washers. Equip actuators with an operating nut to allow manual valve operation on supplyfailure.


PAINTING: (Sec. 16) Shop paint all valves, extension stems, brackets, handwheels, and other partsnot brass or bronze, in accordance with AWWA C-507. Coat machined ferrous metal parts withshellac or heavy grease.

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 17) Carefully and accurately install all ball valves in the location and to theelevation given. Use cadmium plated bolts, and nuts, and rubber gaskets, as specified in Item 1000,for attaching valves to pipe flanges. Where threaded connections are used install a union adjacentto the valve.


Field Painting: All field painting will be performed and paid for in accordance with Item 3600,Painting.

Testing: Shop test in accordance with Section 13 of AWWA C507.After the valves are set in placeand ready to operate, test them under the working pressure and conditions specified under the Itemfor the lines in which they are installed. Make watertight or airtight any valve found to leak and, iffound to be of faulty design or fabrication, satisfactorily repair or replace at no additional expenseto the Owner.

207

CHECK VALVES

ITEM 3200

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish and install Check Valves as indicated on the Drawings andspecified.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. 02) Furnished/paid for in respective Item:Painting (field) Item 3600

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 03) Valve(s) shall be of the type and size indicated on the Drawings and/orin the Check Valve Schedule.



AWWA - American Water Works AssociationANSI - American National Standards Institute

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. 06) Shop Drawings – Provide two sets for record purposes only.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. 07) Payment per each shall be made.


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS: (Sec. 09)

Clow CorporationAmerican-DarlingAPCOChapmanMiller Valve Companyor equal

MATERIALS/EQUIPMENT: (Sec. 10) Plain Swing Check Valves: Swing check valves shallconform to AWWA C-508.

Design closure assembly to close by gravity under no flow conditions in a horizontal position.Provide net flow areas when fully open of not less than pipe cross section.

Furnish valves three inches and smaller with bronze body and disc and with screwed ends. Furnishvalves four inches and larger with cast or ductile iron bodies and discs with bronze seats, rings,hinges, stud pins and nuts. Provide hinge shaft of stainless steel for sewage applications and ofstainless steel or bronze for use in water lines. Equip with ANSI B 16.1 standard flanges or AWWAC-111 mechanical joint ends as required.

Lever and Weight or Lever and Spring Swing Check Valves: Provide valves similar to plain swing

208

check valves except equip with adjustable outside lever and weight or lever and spring as specifiedin the Schedule.

Tilting Disc Check Valve: Valves shall be tilting disc type with a seating position angle ofapproximately 55E. Furnish valves four inches and larger with cast or ductile iron bodies, discs forvalves four inches to ten inches of bronze and discs for valves larger than ten inches of cast iron withbronze seats. Seat rings and pivot pins shall be bronze, easily replaceable. Provide pivot pins andbushings of sufficiently different materials or hardness to prevent galling.

Flow through areas must not be less than full pipe area.

Center Guide Check Valves: Supply flanged (ANSI Standard) center guide check valves with ductileiron body, bronze plug and guides, renewable bronze seat and stainless steel spring. Provide guideson both inlet and outlet sides to prevent tilting of disc and to ensure proper seating when closed.Flow area through the valves shall not be less than pipe cross section.

Flap Check Valves: Flap check valves three inches and smaller shall be rubber flapper swing checkvalves and shall have a heavily constructed cast iron body and cover. The body shall be long patterndesign (not wafer), with integrally cast-on end flanges. The flapper shall be Buna N having an “O”ring seating edge and be internally reinforced with steel.

Flapper to be captured between the body and the body cover in a manner to permit the flapper to flexfrom closed to full open position during flow through the valve. Flapper shall be easily removedwithout need to remove valve from line. Check valves to have full pipe size flow area. Seatingsurface to be on a 45E angle requiring the flapper to travel only 35E from closed to full open positionfor minimum head loss and non-slam closure. Buna N flapper shall have an elastic spring, moldedinternally, to assist the flapper to close against a slight head to prevent slamming.

Materials of construction shall be certified in writing to conform to ASTM Specifications as follows:

Body and Cover - Cast iron, ASTM A 48, Class 30Flapper - Buna NExterior Paint - Phenolic primer, red oxide

Ends shall be ANSI standard flanges

PART 3 – EXECUTION:

INSTALLATION: (Sec. 11) Accurately install valves in locations and positions indicated on theDrawings. Check for proper operation and seating and adjust weights or springs for intended use.Exercise care in making screwed joints to ensure pipe does not interfere with disc operation.

PAINTING: (Sec. 12) Shop coat all ferrous metal parts with a universal rust inhibitive primer.

Field painting will be performed in Item 3600, Painting.


Testing: Field test all check valves with pipe lines in which installed, under pressure and conditionsspecified. Repair or replace valves found to leak.

209

MAINTAINING TRAFFIC

ITEM 4100

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. 01) Furnish all labor, materials and equipment to maintain and protectvehicular and pedestrian traffic and work as specified.

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. 02) Work generally includes the installation and maintenance of all signs,barricades, lighting, and all traffic control and traffic control devices and watchmen, for themaintenance and control of traffic.


ODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation


PART 2 – PRODUCTS

EQUIPMENT: (Sec. 05) Signs, barrels, barricades and all other traffic control devices shall conformto the requirements of the “Ohio Manual of Uniform Traffic control Devices for Streets andHighways”.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. 06) Installation of all traffic control devices shall be in accordance with the“Ohio Manual”, given above, and ODOT Item 614.

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. 07) Upon completion of all work, remove all temporary signs, barricades andother traffic control devices.

210

SPECIAL

RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVE’S OFFICE

The Contractor shall, without extra charge, furnish and maintain a separate office for the ResidentRepresentative at the site of the Project to remain there until final payment on the Contract has beenmade.

The office shall contain approximately 200 square feet, have windows, door and lock.

Provide the following:

Adequate heating and lighting; telephone; telephone answering service; 1 flat top deskapproximately 30” x 60”; 2 chairs, 1 four drawer metal filing cabinet, legal size, with lock;potable water; janitorial services and supplies. Contractor shall pay all utility bills, includingtelephone bills and installation costs. The Owner will be responsible only for long distancecalls made by the Engineer and Owner. Provide portable chemical type toilet adjacent tooffice.

The General Contractor shall furnish and install a sign, approximately 4’ x 4’ with letteringas specified by the Engineer.

211

DISCONNECT, REROUTE CLEAN WATER CONNECTION TO SANITARY MANHOLES

ITEM SPECIAL

PART 1 – GENERAL

WORK INCLUDED: (Sec. Sp. 01) Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to disconnectand reroute clean water connections from existing sanitary manholes to the nearest storm drain.

RELATED WORK: (Sec. Sp. 02) Furnished and paid for in this Item.

Earth Excavation and Backfill Item 120Granular Backfill Item 165Top Soil Item 205Seeding Item 210Bulk Concrete Item 505Polyethylene Drain Pipe Item 1460

DESCRIPTION: (Sec. Sp. 03) The work consists of the disconnecting of clean water drains fromexisting sanitary manholes and rerouting by the most cost effective route to and existing storm drain.

QUALITY ASSURANCE: (Sec. Sp. 04) Materials shall be new and of the best quality.

REFERENCES: (Sec. Sp. 05)

ASTM - American Society for Testing and MaterialsODOT - Ohio Department of Transportation, Construction and Material

Specifications.

SUBMITTALS: (Sec. Sp. 06) Shop Drawings – See General Conditions. Provide four (4) sets forrecord purposes only.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: (Sec. Sp. 07) Handle, unload pipe in accordance with theapproved practice specified by the manufacturer.

MEASUREMENT/PAYMENT: (Sec. Sp. 08) Lump Sum.

Polyethylene pipe specifically included in other Items shall not be included for payment in this Item.

WARRANTY: (Sec. Sp. 09) See General Conditions

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (Sec. Sp. 10)

Pipe and specials shall be high-density polyethylene pipe of the sizes, dimensions and series asindicated or specified.

212

Pipe in this Item shall conform to ASTM D-3350, the pipe and fittings shall be made of virginpolyethylene resins classified as Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34 defined per ASTM D-1248minimum Cell Class 315412C. Pipe shall be of virgin quality. The polyethylene resin shall alsocontain anti-oxidants and shall be stabilized against ultraviolet degradation to provide suitableprotection during processing and subsequent weather exposure.

Pipe shall be homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or otherinjurious defects. Pipe shall be marked at intervals of not more than five feet with pipe size, type ofplastic material, manufacturers name and the ASTM designation.

Fittings: Fittings shall be molded or fabricated from high density polyethylene. Fabricated fittingsshall be made from polyethylene pipe and the pieces joined by thermal fusion.

Joints: Join the pipe by push on or snap on joints.

Bedding Material: Shall be ASTM D-2321 Class I.


INSTALLATION: (Sec. Sp. 11) Before installing any pipe, a representative of the pipe manufacturershall be present to instruct the workmen in the proper procedures for installing the pipe.

Cut and join pipe in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Underground Installation: Use laser beam for establishing line and grade. The method used shall beas recommended by the manufacturer of the laser equipment and must be satisfactory to the ResidentRepresentative. The laser beam shall not be of greater power than 2.5 milliwatts (0.0025). Acontinual visual check shall be provided by the laser equipment.


Perform excavation and backfilling as specified in the applicable Item for excavation/backfill.

Install pipe and fittings in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-2321, “RecommendedPractice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe.” Carefully examinepipe and fittings for defects just before laying and use no pipe or fittings known to be defective. Pipeand fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before being laid and shall conform to the lines and gradesindicated.

Lay pipe in bedding as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly support the pipe throughout its length.Place all bedding on undisturbed earth or well compacted backfill.

After 30 days the contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment and perform a deflectiontest using a mandrel whose diameter is equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe, manuallypulled through the sewer line.


213


Deflection at the pipe shall not exceed 5%.

Any section of pipe not meeting the deflection test shall be uncovered and “rerounded” by re-compacting the bedding material, or by other means as required, or as directed by the ResidentRepresentative, and the pipe retested until it meets requirements.

Store pipe delivered to the job site so as to minimize the entrance of foreign material. At the end ofthe day, and at sum other times that work is not in progress, close all openings in the pipe line toprevent earth and other matter from entering. Complete joints of all pipe in the trench before workis stopped. If water accumulates in the trench, plugs shall remain in place until the trench isdewatered.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: (Sec. Sp. 12)

CLEAN-UP: (Sec. Sp. 13) Surface clean-up shall immediately follow backfilling, including removalof all surplus excavation, pipe, broken concrete, stones and all miscellaneous debris. Rough gradingproviding drainage shall be included.

214

SPECIAL ITEM

LOW STRENGTH MORTAR BACKFILL MATERIAL

DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of the placement of a flowable mixture of Portland Cement,Fly Ash and sand for backfilling conduits or at other locations as shown on the plans or as specified.Backfill shall not be used as structure backfill for aluminum and aluminum-coated pipe culverts. Thework shall be in accordance with ODOT Items 603 and 499 unless otherwise specified herein.

MATERIALS: Materials shall be as specified by the Ohio Department of Transportation.

A. Cement 701.01 or 701.04

B. Fly Ash shall meet ASTM C-618

C. Fine Aggregate shall be natural sand or sand manufactured from stone, gravel or air-cooled slag. The gradation of gradation of the sand shall meet the requirements of703.05. The sand shall be fine enough to stay in suspension in the mixture to theextent required for proper flow. The Engineer reserves the right to reject the sand ifa flowable mixture cannot be produced.

D. Water used for mortar backfill shall be free from oil, acid, strong alkalies orvegetable matter.

MORTAR MIX PROPORTIONING: The initial trial mixture shall consist of the followingquantities of materials per cubic yard:

Class LSM - 50

Cement 50 lbs.Fly Ash 250 lbs.Sand 2910 lbs.Water (Target) 500 lbs.

Adjustments of the proportions may be made by the Engineer providing the total absolute volumeof the materials is maintained.

MIX ADJUSTMENT: The supplier shall make one or more one-cubic yard trail batches at differentwater contents to insure a flowable mortar. Mixture is too dry when cracks develop in the mortar asit flows into place.

To expedite settlement of the mortar, it will be necessary for bleed water to appear on the surfaceimmediately after the mortar is struck off. A delay in bleeding indicates there are too many fines inthe mixture, so the fly ash quantity shall be reduced in increments of 50 lbs. until mixture is bleedingfreely. Approximately 60 lbs. of sand shall be added to replace each 50 lbs. in cement of fly ash tomaintain the original yield.

MIXING MORTAR: The mortar shall be delivered to the site of the work and discharge shall becompleted within 2.5 hours.

PLACING MORTAR: Flowable mortar shall be discharged from the mixer by any reasonable means

215

into the space to be filled. The fill material shall be brought up uniformly to the fill line shown onthe plans or as directed by the Engineer. Placing of material over low strength mortar backfill maycommence as soon as the surface water is gone or as directed.

Before placing the flowable mortar as backfill for Item 603 Conduit, the Contractor shall secure theconduit to prevent it from floating during placement of the flowable mortar. The Contractor’sproposed method of backfill placement and proposed method of holding the conduit at the plan gradeand flowline elevations should be discussed prior to construction.

METHOD Of MEASUREMENT: The number of cubic yards of low strength mortar will bemeasured by conversion of the total batch weights. Conversion factor will be 3,650 lbs. per cu. yd.

BASIS OF PAYMENT: For the volume of mortar furnished and placed, the Contractor will be paidat the contract unit price per cubic yard. This payment shall be full compensation for placing the lowstrength mortar and for furnishing all materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete thisitem unless included under other items on the plans.

ITEM UNIT DESCRIPTION

Special Cu. Yd. Low strength mortar backfill material, Class LSM-50

he subdivision regulations...1. caledonia village planning commission (adopted 1998) 2. caledonia...

Documents